Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 5403:b9c1c1f4cda9 v7.4.052
updated for version 7.4.052
Problem: With 'fo' set to "a2" inserting a space in the first column may
cause the cursor to jump to the previous line.
Solution: Handle the case when there is no comment leader properly. (Tor
Perkins) Also fix that cursor is in the wrong place when spaces
get replaced with a Tab.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sun, 06 Oct 2013 17:46:56 +0200 |
| parents | 965044860b7f |
| children | 38b948f534e4 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 #include "version.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
| 18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
|
4940
8bbd0ff486b3
updated for version 7.3.1215
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4938
diff
changeset
|
19 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) |
|
4938
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
20 static void init_users __ARGS((void)); |
|
4940
8bbd0ff486b3
updated for version 7.3.1215
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4938
diff
changeset
|
21 #endif |
| 7 | 22 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); |
| 23 | |
| 3744 | 24 /* All user names (for ~user completion as done by shell). */ |
| 25 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 26 static garray_T ga_users; | |
| 27 #endif | |
| 28 | |
| 7 | 29 /* |
| 30 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
| 31 */ | |
| 32 int | |
| 33 get_indent() | |
| 34 { | |
| 35 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 36 } | |
| 37 | |
| 38 /* | |
| 39 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
| 40 */ | |
| 41 int | |
| 42 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
| 43 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 44 { | |
| 45 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 46 } | |
| 47 | |
| 48 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 49 /* | |
| 50 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
| 51 * "buf". | |
| 52 */ | |
| 53 int | |
| 54 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
| 55 buf_T *buf; | |
| 56 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 57 { | |
| 58 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts); | |
| 59 } | |
| 60 #endif | |
| 61 | |
| 62 /* | |
| 63 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
| 64 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
| 65 */ | |
| 164 | 66 int |
| 7 | 67 get_indent_str(ptr, ts) |
| 68 char_u *ptr; | |
| 69 int ts; | |
| 70 { | |
| 71 int count = 0; | |
| 72 | |
| 73 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
| 74 { | |
| 75 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
| 76 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
| 77 else if (*ptr == ' ') | |
| 78 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
| 79 else | |
| 80 break; | |
| 81 } | |
| 164 | 82 return count; |
| 7 | 83 } |
| 84 | |
| 85 /* | |
| 86 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
| 87 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 88 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
| 89 * "flags": | |
| 90 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
| 91 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
| 92 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
| 93 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 94 */ | |
| 95 int | |
| 96 set_indent(size, flags) | |
| 1324 | 97 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 98 int flags; |
| 99 { | |
| 100 char_u *p; | |
| 101 char_u *newline; | |
| 102 char_u *oldline; | |
| 103 char_u *s; | |
| 104 int todo; | |
| 1324 | 105 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
| 7 | 106 int line_len; |
| 107 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 1324 | 108 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 109 int tab_pad; |
| 217 | 110 int retval = FALSE; |
| 1359 | 111 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
| 1324 | 112 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
| 7 | 113 |
| 114 /* | |
| 115 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
| 116 * characters needed for the indent. | |
| 117 */ | |
| 118 todo = size; | |
| 119 ind_len = 0; | |
| 120 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 121 | |
| 122 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
| 123 * isn't already set */ | |
| 124 | |
| 1324 | 125 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
| 126 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
| 127 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
| 128 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
| 7 | 129 { |
| 130 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 131 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 132 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 133 { | |
| 134 ind_done = 0; | |
| 135 | |
| 136 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
| 137 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 138 { | |
| 139 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 140 { | |
| 141 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 142 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 143 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 144 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 145 break; | |
| 146 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 147 ++ind_len; | |
| 148 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 149 } | |
| 150 else | |
| 151 { | |
| 152 --todo; | |
| 153 ++ind_len; | |
| 154 ++ind_done; | |
| 155 } | |
| 156 ++p; | |
| 157 } | |
| 158 | |
| 1324 | 159 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
| 160 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
| 161 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 162 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
| 163 | |
| 7 | 164 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
| 165 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1359 | 166 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
| 7 | 167 { |
| 168 doit = TRUE; | |
| 169 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 170 ++ind_len; | |
| 171 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
| 172 } | |
| 173 } | |
| 174 | |
| 175 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
| 176 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 177 { | |
| 178 if (*p != TAB) | |
| 179 doit = TRUE; | |
| 180 else | |
| 181 ++p; | |
| 182 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 183 ++ind_len; | |
| 184 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
| 185 } | |
| 186 } | |
| 187 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
| 188 while (todo > 0) | |
| 189 { | |
| 190 if (*p != ' ') | |
| 191 doit = TRUE; | |
| 192 else | |
| 193 ++p; | |
| 194 --todo; | |
| 195 ++ind_len; | |
| 196 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
| 197 } | |
| 198 | |
| 199 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
| 200 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
| 201 return FALSE; | |
| 202 | |
| 203 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
| 204 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
| 205 p = oldline; | |
| 206 else | |
| 207 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 208 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
| 1324 | 209 |
| 210 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
| 211 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
| 212 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
| 1359 | 213 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
| 1324 | 214 { |
| 215 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
| 216 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 217 return FALSE; | |
| 1359 | 218 todo = size - ind_done; |
| 219 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
| 220 * characters, which may have been | |
| 221 * undercounted until now */ | |
| 1324 | 222 p = oldline; |
| 223 s = newline; | |
| 224 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
| 225 { | |
| 226 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 227 orig_char_len--; | |
| 228 } | |
| 1474 | 229 |
| 1324 | 230 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
| 231 * than old) */ | |
| 232 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1474 | 233 ++p; |
| 1348 | 234 |
| 1324 | 235 } |
| 236 else | |
| 237 { | |
| 238 todo = size; | |
| 239 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 240 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 241 return FALSE; | |
| 242 s = newline; | |
| 243 } | |
| 7 | 244 |
| 245 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
| 246 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
| 247 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 248 { | |
| 249 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 250 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 251 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 252 { | |
| 253 p = oldline; | |
| 254 ind_done = 0; | |
| 255 | |
| 256 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 257 { | |
| 258 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 259 { | |
| 260 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 261 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 262 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 263 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 264 break; | |
| 265 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 266 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 267 } | |
| 268 else | |
| 269 { | |
| 270 --todo; | |
| 271 ++ind_done; | |
| 272 } | |
| 273 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 277 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 278 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 279 { | |
| 280 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 281 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 282 } | |
| 283 | |
| 284 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 285 } | |
| 286 | |
| 287 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 288 { | |
| 289 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 290 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 291 } | |
| 292 } | |
| 293 while (todo > 0) | |
| 294 { | |
| 295 *s++ = ' '; | |
| 296 --todo; | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
| 299 | |
| 300 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
| 301 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
| 302 { | |
| 303 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 304 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
| 305 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 5403 | 306 /* Correct saved cursor position if it is in this line. */ |
| 307 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 308 { | |
| 309 if (saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
| 310 /* cursor was after the indent, adjust for the number of | |
| 311 * bytes added/removed */ | |
| 312 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); | |
| 313 else if (saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(s - newline)) | |
| 314 /* cursor was in the indent, and is now after it, put it back | |
| 315 * at the start of the indent (replacing spaces with TAB) */ | |
| 316 saved_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(s - newline); | |
| 317 } | |
| 217 | 318 retval = TRUE; |
| 7 | 319 } |
| 320 else | |
| 321 vim_free(newline); | |
| 322 | |
| 323 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 217 | 324 return retval; |
| 7 | 325 } |
| 326 | |
| 327 /* | |
| 328 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
| 329 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 330 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 331 */ | |
| 332 static int | |
| 333 copy_indent(size, src) | |
| 334 int size; | |
| 335 char_u *src; | |
| 336 { | |
| 337 char_u *p = NULL; | |
| 338 char_u *line = NULL; | |
| 339 char_u *s; | |
| 340 int todo; | |
| 341 int ind_len; | |
| 342 int line_len = 0; | |
| 343 int tab_pad; | |
| 344 int ind_done; | |
| 345 int round; | |
| 346 | |
| 347 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
| 348 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
| 349 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 350 { | |
| 351 todo = size; | |
| 352 ind_len = 0; | |
| 353 ind_done = 0; | |
| 354 s = src; | |
| 355 | |
| 356 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
| 357 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
| 358 { | |
| 359 if (*s == TAB) | |
| 360 { | |
| 361 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 362 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 363 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 364 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 365 break; | |
| 366 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 367 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 368 } | |
| 369 else | |
| 370 { | |
| 371 --todo; | |
| 372 ++ind_done; | |
| 373 } | |
| 374 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 375 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 376 *p++ = *s; |
| 377 ++s; | |
| 378 } | |
| 379 | |
| 380 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 381 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3058 | 382 if (todo >= tab_pad && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 383 { |
| 384 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 385 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 386 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 387 *p++ = TAB; |
| 388 } | |
| 389 | |
| 390 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
| 3058 | 391 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 392 { |
| 393 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 394 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 395 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 396 *p++ = TAB; |
| 397 } | |
| 398 | |
| 399 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
| 400 while (todo > 0) | |
| 401 { | |
| 402 --todo; | |
| 403 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 404 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 405 *p++ = ' '; |
| 406 } | |
| 407 | |
| 840 | 408 if (p == NULL) |
| 7 | 409 { |
| 410 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
| 411 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
| 412 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
| 413 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 414 if (line == NULL) | |
| 415 return FALSE; | |
| 416 p = line; | |
| 417 } | |
| 418 } | |
| 419 | |
| 420 /* Append the original line */ | |
| 421 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
| 422 | |
| 423 /* Replace the line */ | |
| 424 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
| 425 | |
| 426 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
| 427 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 428 return TRUE; | |
| 429 } | |
| 430 | |
| 431 /* | |
| 432 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
| 433 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
| 41 | 434 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
| 7 | 435 */ |
| 436 int | |
| 437 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
| 438 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 colnr_T col; | |
| 441 pos_T pos; | |
| 442 | |
| 3632 | 443 regmatch_T regmatch; |
| 444 int lead_len = 0; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 445 | |
| 7 | 446 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 447 return -1; | |
| 41 | 448 pos.lnum = 0; |
| 3584 | 449 |
| 450 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 3632 | 451 /* In format_lines() (i.e. not insert mode), fo+=q is needed too... */ |
| 452 if ((State & INSERT) || has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS)) | |
| 3584 | 453 lead_len = get_leader_len(ml_get(lnum), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3632 | 454 #endif |
| 455 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 456 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 457 { | |
| 458 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 459 | |
| 460 /* vim_regexec() expects a pointer to a line. This lets us | |
| 461 * start matching for the flp beyond any comment leader... */ | |
| 462 if (vim_regexec(®match, ml_get(lnum) + lead_len, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 463 { | |
| 464 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 465 pos.col = (colnr_T)(*regmatch.endp - ml_get(lnum)); | |
| 41 | 466 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 3632 | 467 pos.coladd = 0; |
| 468 #endif | |
| 469 } | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
470 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
|
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
471 } |
| 41 | 472 |
| 473 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
| 7 | 474 return -1; |
| 475 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 476 return (int)col; | |
| 477 } | |
| 478 | |
| 479 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) | |
| 480 | |
| 481 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
| 482 | |
| 483 /* | |
| 484 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
| 485 */ | |
| 486 static int | |
| 487 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
| 488 char_u *line; | |
| 489 { | |
| 490 char_u *cinw; | |
| 491 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
| 492 int cinw_len; | |
| 493 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 494 int len; | |
| 495 | |
| 496 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
| 497 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
| 498 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
| 499 { | |
| 500 line = skipwhite(line); | |
| 501 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
| 502 { | |
| 503 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
| 504 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
| 505 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
| 506 { | |
| 507 retval = TRUE; | |
| 508 break; | |
| 509 } | |
| 510 } | |
| 511 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
| 512 } | |
| 513 return retval; | |
| 514 } | |
| 515 #endif | |
| 516 | |
| 517 /* | |
| 518 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
| 519 * | |
| 520 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
| 521 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
| 522 * | |
| 523 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
| 524 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
| 525 * new line. | |
| 526 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
| 527 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
| 528 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
| 529 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
| 3584 | 530 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST format comments with list or 2nd line indent |
| 531 * | |
| 532 * "second_line_indent": indent for after ^^D in Insert mode or if flag | |
| 533 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST | |
| 7 | 534 * |
| 535 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
| 536 */ | |
| 537 int | |
| 3584 | 538 open_line(dir, flags, second_line_indent) |
| 7 | 539 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ |
| 540 int flags; | |
| 3584 | 541 int second_line_indent; |
| 7 | 542 { |
| 543 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
| 544 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
| 545 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
| 546 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
| 547 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
| 548 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
| 549 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
| 550 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
| 551 int n; | |
| 552 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
| 553 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
| 554 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 555 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
| 556 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 557 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
| 558 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
| 559 #endif | |
| 560 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
| 561 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
| 562 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 563 char_u *p; | |
| 564 #endif | |
| 565 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 566 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 567 pos_T *pos; | |
| 568 #endif | |
| 569 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 570 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 571 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 572 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 573 # endif | |
| 574 ); | |
| 575 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
| 576 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 577 #endif | |
| 578 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 579 int vreplace_mode; | |
| 580 #endif | |
| 581 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
| 582 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
| 583 | |
| 584 /* | |
| 585 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
| 586 */ | |
| 587 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 588 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 589 return FALSE; | |
| 590 | |
| 591 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 592 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 593 { | |
| 594 /* | |
| 595 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
| 596 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
| 597 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
| 598 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
| 599 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
| 600 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
| 601 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
| 602 */ | |
| 603 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
| 604 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
| 605 else | |
| 606 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 607 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 608 goto theend; | |
| 609 | |
| 610 /* | |
| 611 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 612 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
| 613 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
| 614 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
| 615 * etc) a bit later. | |
| 616 */ | |
| 617 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
| 618 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 619 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 620 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1470 | 621 { |
| 622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 623 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 624 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
| 625 else | |
| 626 #endif | |
| 627 replace_push(*p++); | |
| 628 } | |
| 7 | 629 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
| 630 } | |
| 631 #endif | |
| 632 | |
| 633 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 634 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 635 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 636 #endif | |
| 637 ) | |
| 638 { | |
| 639 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 640 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 641 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
| 642 { | |
| 643 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
| 644 first_char = *p; | |
| 645 } | |
| 646 #endif | |
| 647 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 648 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 649 #endif | |
| 650 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
| 651 *p_extra = NUL; | |
| 652 } | |
| 653 | |
| 654 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
| 655 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 656 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 657 #endif | |
| 658 ai_col = 0; | |
| 659 | |
| 660 /* | |
| 661 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
| 662 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
| 663 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
| 666 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
| 667 | |
| 668 /* | |
| 669 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
| 670 * indent to use for the new line. | |
| 671 */ | |
| 672 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 673 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 674 || do_si | |
| 675 #endif | |
| 676 ) | |
| 677 { | |
| 678 /* | |
| 679 * count white space on current line | |
| 680 */ | |
| 681 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3584 | 682 if (newindent == 0 && !(flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST)) |
| 683 newindent = second_line_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 7 | 684 |
| 685 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 686 /* | |
| 687 * Do smart indenting. | |
| 688 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
| 689 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
| 690 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
| 691 * "if (condition) {" | |
| 692 */ | |
| 693 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
| 694 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
| 695 { | |
| 696 char_u *ptr; | |
| 697 char_u last_char; | |
| 698 | |
| 699 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 700 ptr = saved_line; | |
| 701 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 702 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 703 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 704 else |
| 705 lead_len = 0; | |
| 706 # endif | |
| 707 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 708 { | |
| 709 /* | |
| 710 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 711 * recognised as comments. | |
| 712 */ | |
| 713 if ( | |
| 714 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 715 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 716 # endif | |
| 717 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 718 { | |
| 719 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 720 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 721 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 722 } | |
| 723 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 724 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 725 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 726 else |
| 727 lead_len = 0; | |
| 728 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 729 { | |
| 730 /* | |
| 731 * This case gets the following right: | |
| 732 * \* | |
| 733 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
| 734 * *\ | |
| 735 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
| 736 * This should line up here; | |
| 737 */ | |
| 738 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 739 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 740 p++; | |
| 741 if (p[0] == '*') | |
| 742 { | |
| 743 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
| 744 { | |
| 745 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
| 746 { | |
| 747 /* | |
| 748 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
| 749 * with the line containing the start of | |
| 750 * the comment | |
| 751 */ | |
| 752 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 753 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 754 { | |
| 755 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 756 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 757 } | |
| 758 } | |
| 759 } | |
| 760 } | |
| 761 } | |
| 762 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
| 763 # endif | |
| 764 { | |
| 765 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
| 766 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
| 767 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 768 --p; | |
| 769 last_char = *p; | |
| 770 | |
| 771 /* | |
| 772 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
| 773 */ | |
| 774 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
| 775 { | |
| 776 if (p > ptr) | |
| 777 --p; | |
| 778 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 779 --p; | |
| 780 } | |
| 781 /* | |
| 782 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
| 783 * lines. eg: | |
| 784 * if (condition && | |
| 785 * condition) { | |
| 786 * Should line up here! | |
| 787 * } | |
| 788 */ | |
| 789 if (*p == ')') | |
| 790 { | |
| 791 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 792 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 793 { | |
| 794 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 795 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 796 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 797 } | |
| 798 } | |
| 799 /* | |
| 800 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
| 801 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
| 802 */ | |
| 803 if (last_char == '{') | |
| 804 { | |
| 805 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
| 806 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
| 807 } | |
| 808 /* | |
| 809 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
| 810 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
| 811 * '}'. | |
| 812 */ | |
| 813 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
| 814 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
| 815 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 816 } | |
| 817 } | |
| 818 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
| 819 { | |
| 820 /* | |
| 821 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 822 * recognised as comments. | |
| 823 */ | |
| 824 if ( | |
| 825 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 826 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 827 # endif | |
| 828 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 829 { | |
| 830 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 831 | |
| 832 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
| 833 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 834 { | |
| 835 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 836 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
| 837 else | |
| 838 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 839 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 840 } | |
| 841 if (was_backslashed) | |
| 842 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
| 843 else | |
| 844 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 845 } | |
| 846 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 847 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
| 848 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 849 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
| 850 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
| 851 } | |
| 852 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 853 } | |
| 854 if (do_si) | |
| 855 can_si = TRUE; | |
| 856 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
| 857 | |
| 858 did_ai = TRUE; | |
| 859 } | |
| 860 | |
| 861 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 862 /* | |
| 863 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
| 864 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
| 865 */ | |
| 866 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 867 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 868 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD, TRUE); |
| 7 | 869 else |
| 870 lead_len = 0; | |
| 871 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 872 { | |
| 873 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
| 874 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
| 875 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 876 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 877 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
| 878 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
| 879 int current_flag; | |
| 880 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
| 881 char_u *p2; | |
| 882 | |
| 883 /* | |
| 884 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
| 885 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
| 886 */ | |
| 887 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 888 { | |
| 889 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 890 { | |
| 891 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 892 continue; | |
| 893 } | |
| 894 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 895 { | |
| 896 current_flag = *p; | |
| 897 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 898 { | |
| 899 /* | |
| 900 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
| 901 */ | |
| 902 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 903 { | |
| 904 lead_len = 0; | |
| 905 break; | |
| 906 } | |
| 907 | |
| 908 /* find start of middle part */ | |
| 909 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 910 require_blank = FALSE; | |
| 911 } | |
| 912 | |
| 913 /* | |
| 914 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
| 915 */ | |
| 916 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 917 { | |
| 918 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 919 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 920 ++p; | |
| 921 } | |
| 922 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 923 | |
| 924 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 925 { | |
| 926 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 927 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 928 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 929 ++p; | |
| 930 } | |
| 931 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 932 | |
| 933 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
| 934 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
| 935 | |
| 936 /* | |
| 937 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
| 938 * the comment leader. | |
| 939 */ | |
| 940 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 941 { | |
| 942 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
| 943 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
| 944 { | |
| 945 comment_end = p; | |
| 946 lead_len = 0; | |
| 947 break; | |
| 948 } | |
| 949 } | |
| 950 | |
| 951 /* | |
| 952 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 953 */ | |
| 954 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 955 { | |
| 956 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
| 957 { | |
| 958 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
| 959 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 960 } | |
| 961 | |
| 962 /* | |
| 963 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
| 964 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
| 965 * comment leader on the next line. | |
| 966 */ | |
| 967 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
| 968 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
| 969 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
| 970 || (p_extra == NULL | |
| 971 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
| 972 || require_blank)) | |
| 973 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 974 } | |
| 975 break; | |
| 976 } | |
| 977 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 978 { | |
| 979 /* | |
| 980 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
| 981 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
| 982 * start (for C-comments). | |
| 983 */ | |
| 984 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 985 { | |
| 986 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
| 987 lead_len = 0; | |
| 988 break; | |
| 989 } | |
| 990 | |
| 991 /* | |
| 992 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 993 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
| 994 */ | |
| 995 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
| 996 --p; | |
| 997 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
| 998 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
| 999 ; | |
| 1000 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
| 1003 * the comment-end */ | |
| 1004 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 1007 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
| 1008 { | |
| 1009 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 1010 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 1011 } | |
| 1012 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
| 1013 { | |
| 1014 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
| 1015 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
| 1016 p2++; | |
| 1017 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
| 1018 } | |
| 1019 break; | |
| 1020 } | |
| 1021 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 1022 { | |
| 1023 /* | |
| 1024 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
| 1025 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
| 1026 */ | |
| 1027 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1028 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1029 else | |
| 1030 { | |
| 1031 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1032 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
| 1033 } | |
| 1034 break; | |
| 1035 } | |
| 1036 } | |
| 1037 if (lead_len) | |
| 1038 { | |
| 3596 | 1039 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_extra later) */ |
| 3584 | 1040 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + extra_len |
| 3596 | 1041 + (second_line_indent > 0 ? second_line_indent : 0) + 1); |
| 7 | 1042 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 if (leader == NULL) | |
| 1045 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1046 else | |
| 1047 { | |
| 419 | 1048 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
| 7 | 1049 |
| 1050 /* | |
| 1051 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
| 1052 */ | |
| 1053 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
| 1054 { | |
| 1055 int c = 0; | |
| 1056 int off = 0; | |
| 1057 | |
| 1996 | 1058 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
| 7 | 1059 { |
| 1060 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
| 1996 | 1061 c = *p++; |
| 7 | 1062 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
| 1063 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1996 | 1064 else |
| 1065 ++p; | |
| 7 | 1066 } |
| 1067 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
| 1068 { | |
| 1069 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
| 1070 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
| 1071 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
| 1072 ; | |
| 1073 ++p; | |
| 17 | 1074 |
| 1075 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1076 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1077 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
| 1078 { | |
| 1079 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1080 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1081 int old_size = 0; | |
| 1082 char_u *endp = p; | |
| 1083 int l; | |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
| 1086 { | |
| 39 | 1087 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
| 17 | 1088 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
| 1089 } | |
| 835 | 1090 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
| 17 | 1091 if (l != 0) |
| 1092 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
| 1093 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
| 1094 lead_len += l; | |
| 1095 } | |
| 1096 #else | |
| 7 | 1097 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
| 1098 p = leader; | |
| 1099 else | |
| 1100 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
| 17 | 1101 #endif |
| 7 | 1102 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1103 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
| 1104 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
| 1107 while (--p >= leader) | |
| 17 | 1108 { |
| 1109 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1110 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 if (l > 1) | |
| 1113 { | |
| 1114 p -= l; | |
| 1115 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1116 { | |
| 1117 p[1] = ' '; | |
| 1118 --l; | |
| 1119 } | |
| 1120 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
| 1121 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
| 1122 lead_len -= l; | |
| 1123 *p = ' '; | |
| 1124 } | |
| 1125 else | |
| 1126 #endif | |
| 7 | 1127 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
| 1128 *p = ' '; | |
| 17 | 1129 } |
| 7 | 1130 } |
| 1131 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
| 1132 { | |
| 1133 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
| 17 | 1134 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1135 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1136 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
| 1137 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
| 1138 { | |
| 1139 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1140 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1141 int i; | |
| 1142 int l; | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
| 1145 { | |
| 474 | 1146 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
| 17 | 1147 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
| 1148 break; | |
| 1149 } | |
| 1150 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
| 1151 { | |
| 1152 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
| 2002 | 1153 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
| 17 | 1154 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
| 1155 } | |
| 1156 } | |
| 1157 #endif | |
| 7 | 1158 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
| 1161 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
| 1162 * remain the same. */ | |
| 1163 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
| 1164 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1165 { | |
| 1166 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
| 1167 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
| 1168 { | |
| 1169 --lead_len; | |
| 1170 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
| 1171 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1172 } | |
| 1173 else | |
| 17 | 1174 { |
| 1175 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1176 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 17 | 1177 |
| 1178 if (l > 1) | |
| 1179 { | |
| 1180 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1181 { | |
| 1182 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
| 1183 * two spaces */ | |
| 1184 --l; | |
| 1185 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1186 } | |
| 1187 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
| 1188 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1189 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
| 1190 } | |
| 1191 #endif | |
| 7 | 1192 *p = ' '; |
| 17 | 1193 } |
| 7 | 1194 } |
| 1195 *p = NUL; | |
| 1196 } | |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
| 1199 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1200 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1201 || do_si | |
| 1202 #endif | |
| 1203 ) | |
| 1204 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
| 1207 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
| 1208 { | |
| 1209 off = -newindent; | |
| 1210 newindent = 0; | |
| 1211 } | |
| 1212 else | |
| 1213 newindent += off; | |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
| 1216 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
| 1217 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
| 1218 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
| 1219 { | |
| 1220 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
| 1221 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
| 1222 break; | |
| 1223 --lead_len; | |
| 1224 --off; | |
| 1225 } | |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
| 1228 * extra space */ | |
| 1229 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
| 1230 extra_space = FALSE; | |
| 1231 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1232 } | |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 if (extra_space) | |
| 1235 { | |
| 1236 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
| 1237 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1238 } | |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 newcol = lead_len; | |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 /* | |
| 1243 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
| 1244 * is in the comment leader | |
| 1245 */ | |
| 1246 if (newindent | |
| 1247 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1248 || did_si | |
| 1249 #endif | |
| 1250 ) | |
| 1251 { | |
| 1252 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
| 1253 { | |
| 1254 --lead_len; | |
| 1255 --newcol; | |
| 1256 ++leader; | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 } | |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 } | |
| 1261 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1262 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
| 1263 #endif | |
| 1264 } | |
| 1265 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
| 1266 { | |
| 1267 /* | |
| 1268 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
| 1269 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
| 1270 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
| 1271 * comment. | |
| 1272 */ | |
| 1273 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
| 1274 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1275 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1276 || do_si | |
| 1277 #endif | |
| 1278 )) | |
| 1279 { | |
| 1280 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1281 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
| 1282 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 1283 { | |
| 1284 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 1285 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 1286 } | |
| 1287 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1288 } | |
| 1289 } | |
| 1290 } | |
| 1291 #endif | |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
| 1294 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 1295 { | |
| 1296 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 /* | |
| 1299 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
| 1300 * non-blank. | |
| 1301 * | |
| 1302 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
| 1303 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
| 1304 */ | |
| 1305 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1306 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
| 1307 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
| 1308 { | |
| 1309 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
| 1310 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1311 && (!enc_utf8 | |
| 1312 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
| 1313 #endif | |
| 1314 ) | |
| 1315 { | |
| 1316 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1317 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
| 1318 ++p_extra; | |
| 1319 ++less_cols_off; | |
| 1320 } | |
| 1321 } | |
| 1322 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
| 1323 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
| 1326 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
| 1327 } | |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1330 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1333 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
| 1334 if (lead_len) | |
| 1335 { | |
| 3584 | 1336 if (flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST && second_line_indent > 0) |
| 1337 { | |
| 1338 int i; | |
| 3592 | 1339 int padding = second_line_indent |
| 1340 - (newindent + (int)STRLEN(leader)); | |
| 3584 | 1341 |
| 1342 /* Here whitespace is inserted after the comment char. | |
| 1343 * Below, set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT) will insert the | |
| 1344 * whitespace needed before the comment char. */ | |
| 1345 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 1346 { | |
| 1347 STRCAT(leader, " "); | |
| 3705 | 1348 less_cols--; |
| 3584 | 1349 newcol++; |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 } | |
| 7 | 1352 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); |
| 1353 p_extra = leader; | |
| 1354 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
| 1355 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
| 1356 } | |
| 1357 else | |
| 1358 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
| 1359 #endif | |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1362 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1363 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1364 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1365 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
| 1366 #endif | |
| 1367 { | |
| 1368 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 1369 == FAIL) | |
| 1370 goto theend; | |
| 1371 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
| 1372 * with markers. */ | |
| 1373 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
| 1374 did_append = TRUE; | |
| 1375 } | |
| 1376 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1377 else | |
| 1378 { | |
| 1379 /* | |
| 1380 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
| 1381 */ | |
| 1382 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 1383 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
| 1384 { | |
| 1385 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
| 1386 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
| 1387 */ | |
| 1388 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
| 1389 vr_lines_changed++; | |
| 1390 } | |
| 1391 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
| 1392 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 1393 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 1394 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1395 } | |
| 1396 #endif | |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 if (newindent | |
| 1399 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1400 || did_si | |
| 1401 #endif | |
| 1402 ) | |
| 1403 { | |
| 1404 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1405 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1406 if (did_si) | |
| 1407 { | |
| 3740 | 1408 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
| 1409 | |
| 7 | 1410 if (p_sr) |
| 3740 | 1411 newindent -= newindent % sw; |
| 1412 newindent += sw; | |
| 7 | 1413 } |
| 1414 #endif | |
| 1324 | 1415 /* Copy the indent */ |
| 1416 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
| 7 | 1417 { |
| 1418 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 /* | |
| 1421 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
| 1422 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
| 1423 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
| 1424 */ | |
| 1425 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
| 1426 } | |
| 1427 else | |
| 1428 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
| 1429 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 /* | |
| 1434 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
| 1435 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
| 1436 */ | |
| 1437 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1438 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
| 1439 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1440 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1441 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1442 if (no_si) | |
| 1443 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 1444 #endif | |
| 1445 } | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1448 /* | |
| 1449 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
| 1450 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
| 1451 */ | |
| 1452 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1453 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
| 1454 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1455 #endif | |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1460 { | |
| 1461 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 1462 { | |
| 1463 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
| 1464 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1465 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
| 1466 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
| 1467 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
| 1468 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
| 1469 saved_line = NULL; | |
| 1470 if (did_append) | |
| 1471 { | |
| 1472 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1473 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
| 1474 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
| 1477 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
| 1478 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 1479 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
| 1480 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
| 1481 } | |
| 1482 else | |
| 1483 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 1484 } | |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 /* | |
| 1487 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
| 1488 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
| 1489 */ | |
| 1490 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
| 1491 } | |
| 1492 if (did_append) | |
| 1493 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
| 1496 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1497 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1498 #endif | |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1501 /* | |
| 1502 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
| 1503 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
| 1504 * normal INSERT mode. | |
| 1505 */ | |
| 1506 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1507 { | |
| 1508 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
| 1509 State = INSERT; | |
| 1510 } | |
| 1511 else | |
| 1512 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
| 1513 #endif | |
| 1514 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 1515 /* | |
| 1516 * May do lisp indenting. | |
| 1517 */ | |
| 1518 if (!p_paste | |
| 1519 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1520 && leader == NULL | |
| 1521 # endif | |
| 1522 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
| 1523 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 1524 { | |
| 1525 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 1526 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1527 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1528 } | |
| 1529 #endif | |
| 1530 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1531 /* | |
| 1532 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
| 1533 */ | |
| 1534 if (!p_paste | |
| 1535 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 1536 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1537 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 1538 # endif | |
| 1539 ) | |
| 1540 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
| 1541 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 1542 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 1543 { | |
| 1544 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1545 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1546 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 #endif | |
| 1549 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1550 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
| 1551 State = vreplace_mode; | |
| 1552 #endif | |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1555 /* | |
| 1556 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
| 1557 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
| 1558 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
| 1559 */ | |
| 1560 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1561 { | |
| 1562 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
| 1563 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1564 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1565 goto theend; | |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1568 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1571 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1572 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1573 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1574 #endif | |
| 1575 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
| 1576 vim_free(p_extra); | |
| 1577 next_line = NULL; | |
| 1578 } | |
| 1579 #endif | |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
| 1582 theend: | |
| 1583 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
| 1584 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 1585 vim_free(next_line); | |
| 1586 vim_free(allocated); | |
| 1587 return retval; | |
| 1588 } | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1591 /* | |
| 5403 | 1592 * get_leader_len() returns the length in bytes of the prefix of the given |
| 1593 * string which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then | |
| 1594 * 0 is returned. | |
| 7 | 1595 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized |
| 1596 * comment leader. | |
| 1597 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
| 3562 | 1598 * If "include_space" is set, include trailing whitespace while calculating the |
| 1599 * length. | |
| 7 | 1600 */ |
| 1601 int | |
| 3562 | 1602 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward, include_space) |
| 7 | 1603 char_u *line; |
| 1604 char_u **flags; | |
| 1605 int backward; | |
| 3562 | 1606 int include_space; |
| 7 | 1607 { |
| 1608 int i, j; | |
| 3562 | 1609 int result; |
| 7 | 1610 int got_com = FALSE; |
| 1611 int found_one; | |
| 1612 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1613 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
| 1614 char_u *list; | |
| 2809 | 1615 int middle_match_len = 0; |
| 1616 char_u *prev_list; | |
| 2813 | 1617 char_u *saved_flags = NULL; |
| 7 | 1618 |
| 3562 | 1619 result = i = 0; |
| 7 | 1620 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ |
| 1621 ++i; | |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 /* | |
| 1624 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1625 */ | |
| 2809 | 1626 while (line[i] != NUL) |
| 7 | 1627 { |
| 1628 /* | |
| 1629 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1630 */ | |
| 1631 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1632 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1633 { | |
| 2809 | 1634 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next |
| 1635 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */ | |
| 1636 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1637 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */ | |
| 1638 prev_list = list; | |
| 7 | 1639 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); |
| 1640 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1641 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
| 1642 continue; | |
| 1643 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
| 1644 | |
| 2809 | 1645 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this |
| 1646 * is not a middle or end. */ | |
| 1647 if (middle_match_len != 0 | |
| 1648 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL | |
| 1649 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL) | |
| 1650 break; | |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
| 1653 * nested comments. */ | |
| 7 | 1654 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1655 continue; | |
| 1656 | |
| 2809 | 1657 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */ |
| 7 | 1658 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) |
| 1659 continue; | |
| 1660 | |
| 2809 | 1661 /* Line contents and string must match. |
| 7 | 1662 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space |
| 1663 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 2809 | 1664 * TABs and spaces). */ |
| 7 | 1665 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1666 { | |
| 1667 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 4352 | 1668 continue; /* missing white space */ |
| 7 | 1669 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1670 ++string; | |
| 1671 } | |
| 1672 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1673 ; | |
| 1674 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 2809 | 1675 continue; /* string doesn't match */ |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1678 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */ | |
| 7 | 1679 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL |
| 1680 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1681 continue; | |
| 1682 | |
| 2809 | 1683 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle |
| 1684 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end | |
| 1685 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the | |
| 1686 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle | |
| 1687 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */ | |
| 1688 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) | |
| 1689 { | |
| 1690 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1691 { | |
| 1692 middle_match_len = j; | |
| 1693 saved_flags = prev_list; | |
| 1694 } | |
| 1695 continue; | |
| 1696 } | |
| 1697 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len) | |
| 1698 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a | |
| 1699 * longer thus better match. */ | |
| 1700 middle_match_len = 0; | |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1703 i += j; | |
| 7 | 1704 found_one = TRUE; |
| 1705 break; | |
| 1706 } | |
| 1707 | |
| 2809 | 1708 if (middle_match_len != 0) |
| 1709 { | |
| 1710 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a | |
| 1711 * match with an end. */ | |
| 1712 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1713 *flags = saved_flags; | |
| 1714 i += middle_match_len; | |
| 1715 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1716 } | |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 /* No match found, stop scanning. */ | |
| 7 | 1719 if (!found_one) |
| 1720 break; | |
| 1721 | |
| 3562 | 1722 result = i; |
| 1723 | |
| 2809 | 1724 /* Include any trailing white space. */ |
| 7 | 1725 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) |
| 1726 ++i; | |
| 1727 | |
| 3562 | 1728 if (include_space) |
| 1729 result = i; | |
| 1730 | |
| 2809 | 1731 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */ |
| 1732 got_com = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 1733 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1734 break; | |
| 1735 } | |
| 3562 | 1736 return result; |
| 1737 } | |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 /* | |
| 1740 * Return the offset at which the last comment in line starts. If there is no | |
| 1741 * comment in the whole line, -1 is returned. | |
| 1742 * | |
| 1743 * When "flags" is not null, it is set to point to the flags describing the | |
| 1744 * recognized comment leader. | |
| 1745 */ | |
| 1746 int | |
| 1747 get_last_leader_offset(line, flags) | |
| 1748 char_u *line; | |
| 1749 char_u **flags; | |
| 1750 { | |
| 1751 int result = -1; | |
| 1752 int i, j; | |
| 1753 int lower_check_bound = 0; | |
| 1754 char_u *string; | |
| 1755 char_u *com_leader; | |
| 1756 char_u *com_flags; | |
| 1757 char_u *list; | |
| 1758 int found_one; | |
| 1759 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 /* | |
| 1762 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1763 */ | |
| 1764 i = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 1765 while (--i >= lower_check_bound) | |
| 1766 { | |
| 1767 /* | |
| 1768 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1769 */ | |
| 1770 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1771 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1772 { | |
| 1773 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 /* | |
| 1776 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one. | |
| 1777 * put string at start of string. | |
| 1778 */ | |
| 1779 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1780 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1781 if (string == NULL) /* If everything is fine, this cannot actually | |
| 1782 * happen. */ | |
| 1783 { | |
| 1784 continue; | |
| 1785 } | |
| 1786 *string++ = NUL; /* Isolate flags from string. */ | |
| 1787 com_leader = string; | |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 /* | |
| 1790 * Line contents and string must match. | |
| 1791 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space | |
| 1792 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 1793 * TABs and spaces). | |
| 1794 */ | |
| 1795 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1796 { | |
| 1797 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 1798 continue; | |
| 1799 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1800 ++string; | |
| 1801 } | |
| 1802 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1803 /* do nothing */; | |
| 1804 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 1805 continue; | |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 /* | |
| 1808 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1809 * end-of-line after the string in the line. | |
| 1810 */ | |
| 1811 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL | |
| 1812 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1813 { | |
| 1814 continue; | |
| 1815 } | |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 /* | |
| 1818 * We have found a match, stop searching. | |
| 1819 */ | |
| 1820 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 if (flags) | |
| 1823 *flags = flags_save; | |
| 1824 com_flags = flags_save; | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 break; | |
| 1827 } | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 if (found_one) | |
| 1830 { | |
| 1831 char_u part_buf2[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1832 int len1, len2, off; | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 result = i; | |
| 1835 /* | |
| 1836 * If this comment nests, continue searching. | |
| 1837 */ | |
| 1838 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) != NULL) | |
| 1839 continue; | |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 lower_check_bound = i; | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 /* Let's verify whether the comment leader found is a substring | |
| 1844 * of other comment leaders. If it is, let's adjust the | |
| 1845 * lower_check_bound so that we make sure that we have determined | |
| 1846 * the comment leader correctly. | |
| 1847 */ | |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 while (vim_iswhite(*com_leader)) | |
| 1850 ++com_leader; | |
| 1851 len1 = (int)STRLEN(com_leader); | |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1854 { | |
| 1855 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf2, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1858 if (flags_save == com_flags) | |
| 1859 continue; | |
| 1860 string = vim_strchr(part_buf2, ':'); | |
| 1861 ++string; | |
| 1862 while (vim_iswhite(*string)) | |
| 1863 ++string; | |
| 1864 len2 = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 1865 if (len2 == 0) | |
| 1866 continue; | |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 /* Now we have to verify whether string ends with a substring | |
| 1869 * beginning the com_leader. */ | |
| 1870 for (off = (len2 > i ? i : len2); off > 0 && off + len1 > len2;) | |
| 1871 { | |
| 1872 --off; | |
| 1873 if (!STRNCMP(string + off, com_leader, len2 - off)) | |
| 1874 { | |
| 1875 if (i - off < lower_check_bound) | |
| 1876 lower_check_bound = i - off; | |
| 1877 } | |
| 1878 } | |
| 1879 } | |
| 1880 } | |
| 1881 } | |
| 1882 return result; | |
| 7 | 1883 } |
| 1884 #endif | |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 /* | |
| 1887 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
| 1888 */ | |
| 1889 int | |
| 1890 plines(lnum) | |
| 1891 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1892 { | |
| 1893 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1894 } | |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 int | |
| 1897 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1898 win_T *wp; | |
| 1899 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1900 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1901 { | |
| 1902 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1903 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1904 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1905 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1906 } | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 int | |
| 1909 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
| 1910 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1911 { | |
| 1912 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1913 } | |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 int | |
| 1916 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1917 win_T *wp; | |
| 1918 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1919 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1920 { | |
| 1921 #endif | |
| 1922 int lines; | |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1925 return 1; | |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1928 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1929 return 1; | |
| 1930 #endif | |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1933 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
| 1934 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
| 1935 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
| 1936 return 1; | |
| 1937 #endif | |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
| 1940 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
| 1941 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
| 1942 return lines; | |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 /* | |
| 1946 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
| 1947 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
| 1948 */ | |
| 1949 int | |
| 1950 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
| 1951 win_T *wp; | |
| 1952 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1953 { | |
| 1954 char_u *s; | |
| 1955 long col; | |
| 1956 int width; | |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1959 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 1960 return 1; | |
| 1961 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 /* | |
| 1964 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
| 1965 * extra column. | |
| 1966 */ | |
| 1967 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
| 1968 col += 1; | |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1971 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
| 7 | 1972 */ |
| 1973 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1974 if (width <= 0) | |
| 1975 return 32000; | |
| 1976 if (col <= width) | |
| 1977 return 1; | |
| 1978 col -= width; | |
| 1979 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 1980 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
| 1981 } | |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 /* | |
| 1984 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
| 1985 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
| 1986 */ | |
| 1987 int | |
| 1988 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
| 1989 win_T *wp; | |
| 1990 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1991 long column; | |
| 1992 { | |
| 1993 long col; | |
| 1994 char_u *s; | |
| 1995 int lines = 0; | |
| 1996 int width; | |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1999 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 2000 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 2001 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 2002 #endif | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2005 return lines + 1; | |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 2008 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 2009 return lines + 1; | |
| 2010 #endif | |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 col = 0; | |
| 2015 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
| 2016 { | |
| 2017 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); | |
| 39 | 2018 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 2019 } |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* | |
| 2022 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
| 2023 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
| 2024 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
| 2025 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
| 2026 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
| 2027 */ | |
| 2028 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 2029 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; | |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2032 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
| 7 | 2033 */ |
| 2034 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1023 | 2035 if (width <= 0) |
| 2036 return 9999; | |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 lines += 1; | |
| 2039 if (col > width) | |
| 2040 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
| 2041 return lines; | |
| 7 | 2042 } |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 int | |
| 2045 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
| 2046 win_T *wp; | |
| 2047 linenr_T first, last; | |
| 2048 { | |
| 2049 int count = 0; | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 while (first <= last) | |
| 2052 { | |
| 2053 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2054 int x; | |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
| 2057 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
| 2058 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
| 2059 if (x > 0) | |
| 2060 { | |
| 2061 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
| 2062 first += x; | |
| 2063 } | |
| 2064 else | |
| 2065 #endif | |
| 2066 { | |
| 2067 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2068 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2069 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2070 else | |
| 2071 #endif | |
| 2072 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
| 2073 ++first; | |
| 2074 } | |
| 2075 } | |
| 2076 return (count); | |
| 2077 } | |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2080 /* | |
| 2081 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
| 2082 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2083 */ | |
| 2084 void | |
| 2085 ins_bytes(p) | |
| 2086 char_u *p; | |
| 2087 { | |
| 2088 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
| 2089 } | |
| 2090 #endif | |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2093 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2094 /* | |
| 2095 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
| 2096 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2097 */ | |
| 2098 void | |
| 2099 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
| 2100 char_u *p; | |
| 2101 int len; | |
| 2102 { | |
| 2103 int i; | |
| 2104 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2105 int n; | |
| 2106 | |
| 1617 | 2107 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2108 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
| 2109 { | |
| 2110 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2111 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
| 2112 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
| 2113 else | |
| 2114 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
| 2115 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
| 2116 } | |
| 2117 else | |
| 7 | 2118 # endif |
| 1617 | 2119 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2120 ins_char(p[i]); | |
| 7 | 2121 } |
| 2122 #endif | |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 /* | |
| 2125 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
| 2126 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
| 2127 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2128 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
| 2129 * convert bytes to a character. | |
| 2130 */ | |
| 2131 void | |
| 2132 ins_char(c) | |
| 2133 int c; | |
| 2134 { | |
| 2135 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3549 | 2136 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 2137 int n; |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
| 2142 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
| 2143 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
| 2144 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
| 2147 } | |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 void | |
| 2150 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
| 2151 char_u *buf; | |
| 2152 int charlen; | |
| 2153 { | |
| 2154 int c = buf[0]; | |
| 2155 #endif | |
| 2156 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
| 2157 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
| 2158 char_u *p; | |
| 2159 char_u *newp; | |
| 2160 char_u *oldp; | |
| 2161 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
| 2162 colnr_T col; | |
| 2163 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2164 int i; | |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2167 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
| 2168 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2169 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2170 #endif | |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2173 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2174 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
| 2177 oldlen = 0; | |
| 2178 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2179 newlen = charlen; | |
| 2180 #else | |
| 2181 newlen = 1; | |
| 2182 #endif | |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2185 { | |
| 2186 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2187 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2188 { | |
| 2189 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2190 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 2191 int old_list; | |
| 2192 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2193 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 2194 #endif | |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 /* | |
| 2197 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 2198 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
| 2199 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
| 2200 */ | |
| 2201 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 2202 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 2203 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 /* | |
| 2206 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
| 2207 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
| 2208 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
| 2209 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
| 2210 */ | |
| 2211 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
| 2212 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2213 buf[0] = c; | |
| 2214 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 2215 #endif | |
| 2216 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
| 2217 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
| 2218 { | |
| 2219 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
| 2220 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
| 2221 * position. */ | |
| 2222 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
| 2223 break; | |
| 2224 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2225 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
| 7 | 2226 #else |
| 2227 ++oldlen; | |
| 2228 #endif | |
| 2229 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
| 2230 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
| 2231 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
| 2232 } | |
| 2233 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
| 2234 } | |
| 2235 else | |
| 2236 #endif | |
| 2237 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
| 2238 { | |
| 2239 /* normal replace */ | |
| 2240 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2241 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
| 7 | 2242 #else |
| 2243 oldlen = 1; | |
| 2244 #endif | |
| 2245 } | |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
| 2249 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
| 2250 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
| 2251 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
| 2252 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2253 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
| 2254 { | |
| 2255 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1470 | 2256 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2257 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
| 2258 else | |
| 2259 #endif | |
| 2260 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
| 7 | 2261 } |
| 2262 } | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
| 2265 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2266 return; | |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
| 2269 if (col > 0) | |
| 2270 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
| 2273 p = newp + col; | |
| 2274 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
| 2275 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
| 2276 | |
| 2277 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
| 2278 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2279 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
| 2280 i = charlen; | |
| 2281 #else | |
| 2282 *p = c; | |
| 2283 i = 1; | |
| 2284 #endif | |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
| 2287 while (i < newlen) | |
| 2288 p[i++] = ' '; | |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
| 2291 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2294 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 /* | |
| 2297 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
| 2298 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
| 2299 */ | |
| 2300 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
| 2301 && msg_silent == 0 | |
| 674 | 2302 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 2303 && !ins_compl_active() | |
| 2304 #endif | |
| 7 | 2305 ) |
| 4029 | 2306 { |
| 2307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2308 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2309 showmatch(mb_ptr2char(buf)); | |
| 2310 else | |
| 2311 #endif | |
| 2312 showmatch(c); | |
| 2313 } | |
| 7 | 2314 |
| 2315 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2316 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 2317 #endif | |
| 2318 { | |
| 2319 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
| 2320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2321 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
| 2322 #else | |
| 2323 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2324 #endif | |
| 2325 } | |
| 2326 /* | |
| 2327 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
| 2328 */ | |
| 2329 } | |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 /* | |
| 2332 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
| 2333 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
| 2334 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2335 */ | |
| 2336 void | |
| 2337 ins_str(s) | |
| 2338 char_u *s; | |
| 2339 { | |
| 2340 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2341 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2342 int oldlen; | |
| 2343 colnr_T col; | |
| 2344 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2347 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2348 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2349 #endif | |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2352 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2353 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
| 2356 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2357 return; | |
| 2358 if (col > 0) | |
| 2359 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2360 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
| 2361 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
| 2362 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2363 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2364 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
| 2365 } | |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 /* | |
| 2368 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
| 2369 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2370 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2371 * | |
| 2372 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2373 */ | |
| 2374 int | |
| 2375 del_char(fixpos) | |
| 2376 int fixpos; | |
| 2377 { | |
| 2378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2379 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2380 { | |
| 2381 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
| 2382 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 2383 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 2384 return FAIL; | |
| 2385 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
| 2386 } | |
| 2387 #endif | |
| 610 | 2388 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2389 } |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2392 /* | |
| 2393 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
| 2394 */ | |
| 2395 int | |
| 2396 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
| 2397 long count; | |
| 2398 int fixpos; | |
| 2399 { | |
| 2400 long bytes = 0; | |
| 2401 long i; | |
| 2402 char_u *p; | |
| 2403 int l; | |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2406 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
| 2407 { | |
| 474 | 2408 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2409 bytes += l; |
| 2410 p += l; | |
| 2411 } | |
| 610 | 2412 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2413 } |
| 2414 #endif | |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 /* | |
| 2417 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
| 2418 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2419 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2420 * | |
| 2421 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2422 */ | |
| 2423 int | |
| 777 | 2424 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
| 7 | 2425 long count; |
| 777 | 2426 int fixpos_arg; |
| 1877 | 2427 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
| 7 | 2428 { |
| 2429 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2430 colnr_T oldlen; | |
| 2431 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2432 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2433 int was_alloced; | |
| 2434 long movelen; | |
| 777 | 2435 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
| 7 | 2436 |
| 2437 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2438 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 /* | |
| 2441 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2442 */ | |
| 2443 if (col >= oldlen) | |
| 2444 return FAIL; | |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2447 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
| 2448 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
| 610 | 2449 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
| 2450 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
| 7 | 2451 { |
| 714 | 2452 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 2453 int n; |
| 2454 | |
| 714 | 2455 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
| 2456 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2457 { |
| 2458 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
| 2459 n = col; | |
| 2460 do | |
| 2461 { | |
| 2462 col = n; | |
| 474 | 2463 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
| 7 | 2464 n += count; |
| 2465 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
| 2466 fixpos = 0; | |
| 2467 } | |
| 2468 } | |
| 2469 #endif | |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 /* | |
| 2472 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
| 2473 */ | |
| 2474 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
| 2475 if (movelen <= 1) | |
| 2476 { | |
| 2477 /* | |
| 2478 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
| 777 | 2479 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
| 2480 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
| 7 | 2481 */ |
| 777 | 2482 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
| 2483 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2484 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 2485 #endif | |
| 2486 ) | |
| 7 | 2487 { |
| 2488 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2489 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2490 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 2491 #endif | |
| 2492 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2493 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2494 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
| 2495 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2496 #endif | |
| 2497 } | |
| 2498 count = oldlen - col; | |
| 2499 movelen = 1; | |
| 2500 } | |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 /* | |
| 2503 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
| 2504 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
| 1532 | 2505 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
| 2506 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
2507 * care of notifying Netbeans. |
| 7 | 2508 */ |
| 2509 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2510 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 1532 | 2511 was_alloced = FALSE; |
| 2512 else | |
| 2513 #endif | |
| 2514 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
| 7 | 2515 if (was_alloced) |
| 2516 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
| 2517 else | |
| 2518 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
| 2519 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
| 2520 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2521 return FAIL; | |
| 2522 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2523 } | |
| 2524 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
| 2525 if (!was_alloced) | |
| 2526 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2529 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 return OK; | |
| 2532 } | |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 /* | |
| 2535 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
| 2536 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2537 * | |
| 2538 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2539 */ | |
| 2540 int | |
| 2541 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
| 2542 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
| 2543 { | |
| 2544 char_u *newp; | |
| 2545 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2546 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 if (col == 0) | |
| 2549 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 2550 else | |
| 2551 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2554 return FAIL; | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2559 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 /* | |
| 2562 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
| 2563 */ | |
| 2564 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 2565 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 return OK; | |
| 2568 } | |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 /* | |
| 2571 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
| 2572 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
| 2573 */ | |
| 2574 void | |
| 2575 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
| 2576 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
| 2577 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
| 2578 { | |
| 2579 long n; | |
| 1929 | 2580 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2581 |
| 2582 if (nlines <= 0) | |
| 2583 return; | |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
| 1929 | 2586 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 2587 return; |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
| 2590 { | |
| 2591 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 2592 break; | |
| 2593 | |
| 1929 | 2594 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2595 ++n; |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
| 1929 | 2598 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 7 | 2599 break; |
| 2600 } | |
| 1929 | 2601 |
| 2602 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
| 2603 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 2604 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 2605 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 1929 | 2606 |
| 2607 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2608 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
| 7 | 2609 } |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 int | |
| 2612 gchar_pos(pos) | |
| 2613 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2614 { | |
| 2615 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2618 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2619 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 2620 #endif | |
| 2621 return (int)*ptr; | |
| 2622 } | |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 int | |
| 2625 gchar_cursor() | |
| 2626 { | |
| 2627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2628 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2629 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2630 #endif | |
| 2631 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2632 } | |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 /* | |
| 2635 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
| 2636 * It is directly written into the block. | |
| 2637 */ | |
| 2638 void | |
| 2639 pchar_cursor(c) | |
| 2640 int c; | |
| 2641 { | |
| 2642 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
| 2643 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
| 2644 } | |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 /* | |
| 2647 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
| 2648 * non-blank in the line. | |
| 2649 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
| 2650 * the line. | |
| 2651 */ | |
| 2652 int | |
| 2653 inindent(extra) | |
| 2654 int extra; | |
| 2655 { | |
| 2656 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2657 colnr_T col; | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
| 2660 ++ptr; | |
| 2661 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
| 2662 return TRUE; | |
| 2663 else | |
| 2664 return FALSE; | |
| 2665 } | |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 /* | |
| 2668 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
| 2669 */ | |
| 2670 char_u * | |
| 2671 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
| 2672 char_u *p; | |
| 2673 { | |
| 2674 if (*p == ',') | |
| 2675 ++p; | |
| 2676 while (*p == ' ') | |
| 2677 ++p; | |
| 2678 return p; | |
| 2679 } | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 /* | |
| 2189 | 2682 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
| 7 | 2683 * |
| 2684 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
| 2685 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
| 2189 | 2686 * |
| 2687 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 7 | 2688 */ |
| 2689 void | |
| 2690 changed() | |
| 2691 { | |
| 2692 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
| 2693 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
| 2694 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
| 2695 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
| 2696 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
| 2697 return; | |
| 2698 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
| 2699 #endif | |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
| 2702 { | |
| 2703 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
| 2704 | |
| 819 | 2705 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
| 2706 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
| 7 | 2707 change_warning(0); |
| 819 | 2708 |
| 7 | 2709 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
| 2710 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
| 2711 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
| 2712 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 2713 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
| 2714 #endif | |
| 2715 ) | |
| 2716 { | |
| 2717 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
| 2720 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
| 2721 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
| 2722 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
| 2723 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2724 { | |
| 2725 out_flush(); | |
| 2726 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
| 2727 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 2728 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
| 2729 } | |
| 2730 } | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2731 changed_int(); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2732 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2733 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2734 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2735 |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2736 /* |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2737 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2738 */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2739 void |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2740 changed_int() |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2741 { |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2742 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2743 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2744 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2745 check_status(curbuf); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2746 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2747 #endif |
|
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2748 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2749 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2750 #endif |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2751 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2752 |
| 265 | 2753 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 2754 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
| 7 | 2755 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 /* | |
| 2758 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
| 2759 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2760 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2761 * - invalidates cached values | |
| 2189 | 2762 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2763 */ |
| 2764 void | |
| 2765 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
| 2766 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2767 colnr_T col; | |
| 2768 { | |
| 265 | 2769 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
| 7 | 2770 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
| 265 | 2771 |
| 2772 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2773 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
| 2774 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2775 { | |
| 2776 win_T *wp; | |
| 2777 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2780 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2781 { | |
| 2782 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2783 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2784 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2785 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
| 2786 } | |
| 2787 } | |
| 2788 #endif | |
| 7 | 2789 } |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 static void | |
| 265 | 2792 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
| 2793 buf_T *buf; | |
| 7 | 2794 linenr_T lnum; |
| 2795 { | |
| 265 | 2796 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
| 7 | 2797 { |
| 2798 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2799 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2800 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2801 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 2802 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 7 | 2803 } |
| 2804 else | |
| 2805 { | |
| 2806 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
| 265 | 2807 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2808 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2809 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 2810 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
| 7 | 2811 } |
| 2812 } | |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 /* | |
| 2815 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2816 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2817 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2818 */ | |
| 2819 void | |
| 2820 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2821 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2822 long count; | |
| 2823 { | |
| 2824 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2825 } | |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 /* | |
| 2828 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 2829 */ | |
| 2830 void | |
| 2831 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2832 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2833 long count; | |
| 2834 { | |
| 2835 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
| 2836 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2837 } | |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 /* | |
| 2840 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2841 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2842 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2843 */ | |
| 2844 void | |
| 2845 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2846 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2847 long count; | |
| 2848 { | |
| 2849 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2850 } | |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 /* | |
| 2853 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 1929 | 2854 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
| 2855 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
| 7 | 2856 */ |
| 2857 void | |
| 2858 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2859 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2860 long count; | |
| 2861 { | |
| 2862 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
| 2863 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2864 } | |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 /* | |
| 2867 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
| 2868 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2869 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2870 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2871 * - invalidate cached values | |
| 2872 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
| 2873 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
| 2874 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
| 2875 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
| 2189 | 2876 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2877 */ |
| 2878 void | |
| 2879 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2880 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2881 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
| 2882 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2883 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2884 { | |
| 265 | 2885 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2888 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2889 { | |
| 2890 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
| 2891 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
| 2892 * displaying. */ | |
| 2893 win_T *wp; | |
| 2894 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2897 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2898 { | |
| 2899 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2900 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2901 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2902 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
| 2903 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
| 2904 } | |
| 2905 } | |
| 2906 #endif | |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
| 2909 } | |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 static void | |
| 2912 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2913 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2914 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2915 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2916 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2917 { | |
| 2918 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 7 | 2919 { |
| 2920 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2921 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2922 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2923 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 7 | 2924 { |
| 2925 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
| 265 | 2926 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
| 2927 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
| 2928 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
| 7 | 2929 } |
| 265 | 2930 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
| 2931 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2932 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
| 7 | 2933 } |
| 2934 else | |
| 2935 { | |
| 2936 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2937 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2938 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2939 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2940 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
| 2941 } | |
| 7 | 2942 } |
| 2943 | |
| 2189 | 2944 /* |
| 2945 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
| 2946 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
| 2947 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 2948 */ | |
| 7 | 2949 static void |
| 2950 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2951 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2952 colnr_T col; | |
| 2953 linenr_T lnume; | |
| 2954 long xtra; | |
| 2955 { | |
| 2956 win_T *wp; | |
| 1863 | 2957 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 2958 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 2959 #endif | |
| 7 | 2960 int i; |
| 2961 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2962 int cols; | |
| 2963 pos_T *p; | |
| 2964 int add; | |
| 2965 #endif | |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
| 2968 changed(); | |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 /* set the '. mark */ | |
| 2971 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 2972 { | |
| 2973 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
| 2974 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2977 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
| 2978 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
| 2979 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2980 { | |
| 2981 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2982 add = TRUE; | |
| 2983 else | |
| 2984 { | |
| 2985 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
| 2986 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
| 2987 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
| 2988 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
| 2989 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
| 2990 add = TRUE; | |
| 2991 else | |
| 2992 { | |
| 2993 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
| 2994 if (cols == 0) | |
| 2995 cols = 79; | |
| 2996 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
| 2997 } | |
| 2998 } | |
| 2999 if (add) | |
| 3000 { | |
| 3001 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
| 3002 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
| 3003 * position in the changelist. */ | |
| 3004 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
| 3007 { | |
| 3008 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
| 3009 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
| 3010 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
| 3011 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
| 1863 | 3012 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3013 { |
| 3014 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
| 3015 * this buffer. */ | |
| 3016 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
| 3017 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3018 } | |
| 3019 } | |
| 1863 | 3020 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3021 { |
| 3022 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
| 3023 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
| 3024 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
| 3025 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
| 3026 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3027 } | |
| 3028 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3029 } | |
| 3030 } | |
| 3031 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
| 3032 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
| 3033 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
| 3034 * takes you back to it. */ | |
| 3035 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3036 #endif | |
| 3037 } | |
| 3038 | |
| 1863 | 3039 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3040 { |
| 3041 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 3042 { | |
| 3043 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
| 3044 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
| 3045 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
| 3048 * values for the cursor. */ | |
| 3049 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3050 /* | |
| 3051 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
| 3052 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
| 3053 */ | |
| 3054 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
| 3057 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
| 3058 * might be displayed differently. | |
| 3059 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
| 3060 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
| 3061 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3062 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
| 3063 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3064 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3065 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
| 3066 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
| 3069 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
| 3070 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3071 { | |
| 3072 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
| 3073 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
| 3074 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3075 } | |
| 3076 #endif | |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
| 3079 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3080 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
| 3081 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3082 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
| 3083 { | |
| 3084 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
| 3085 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
| 3086 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
| 3087 } | |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
| 3090 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
| 3091 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
| 3092 * after the change. */ | |
| 3093 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 3094 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 3095 { | |
| 3096 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
| 3097 { | |
| 3098 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
| 3099 { | |
| 3100 /* line included in change */ | |
| 3101 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3102 } | |
| 3103 else if (xtra != 0) | |
| 3104 { | |
| 3105 /* line below change */ | |
| 3106 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
| 3107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3108 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
| 3109 #endif | |
| 3110 } | |
| 3111 } | |
| 3112 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3113 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
| 3114 { | |
| 3115 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
| 3116 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
| 3117 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3118 } | |
| 3119 #endif | |
| 3120 } | |
| 1987 | 3121 |
| 3122 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3123 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
| 3124 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
| 3125 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 3126 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 3127 #endif | |
| 7 | 3128 } |
| 3129 } | |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
| 3132 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
| 3133 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3134 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 694 | 3135 |
| 3136 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3137 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
| 1010 | 3138 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 3139 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 694 | 3140 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
| 3141 #endif | |
| 7 | 3142 } |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 /* | |
| 3145 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
| 3146 */ | |
| 3147 void | |
| 3148 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
| 3149 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3150 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
| 3151 { | |
| 2685 | 3152 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE))) |
| 7 | 3153 { |
| 3154 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
| 39 | 3155 ml_setflags(buf); |
| 7 | 3156 if (ff) |
| 3157 save_file_ff(buf); | |
| 3158 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3159 check_status(buf); | |
| 673 | 3160 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3161 #endif |
| 3162 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3163 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3164 #endif | |
| 3165 } | |
| 3166 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
| 3167 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3168 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
| 3169 #endif | |
| 3170 } | |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3173 /* | |
| 3174 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
| 3175 * need to be updated | |
| 3176 */ | |
| 3177 void | |
| 3178 check_status(buf) | |
| 3179 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3180 { | |
| 3181 win_T *wp; | |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 3184 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
| 3185 { | |
| 3186 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 3187 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3188 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 3189 } | |
| 3190 } | |
| 3191 #endif | |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 /* | |
| 3194 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
| 3195 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
| 3196 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
| 548 | 3197 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
| 7 | 3198 * will be TRUE. |
| 2189 | 3199 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 3200 */ |
| 3201 void | |
| 3202 change_warning(col) | |
| 3203 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
| 3204 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
| 3205 { | |
| 1848 | 3206 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
| 3207 | |
| 7 | 3208 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
| 3209 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
| 3210 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3211 && !autocmd_busy | |
| 3212 #endif | |
| 3213 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
| 3214 { | |
| 3215 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 819 | 3216 ++curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3217 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 819 | 3218 --curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3219 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
| 3220 return; | |
| 3221 #endif | |
| 3222 /* | |
| 3223 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
| 3224 * be after the mode message. | |
| 3225 */ | |
| 3226 msg_start(); | |
| 3227 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 3228 msg_col = col; | |
| 16 | 3229 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
| 1848 | 3230 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
| 3231 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3232 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
| 3233 #endif | |
| 7 | 3234 msg_clr_eos(); |
| 3235 (void)msg_end(); | |
| 3236 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
| 3237 { | |
| 3238 out_flush(); | |
| 3239 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
| 3240 } | |
| 3241 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
| 3242 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
| 3243 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 3244 showmode(); | |
| 3245 } | |
| 3246 } | |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 /* | |
| 3249 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
| 3250 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
| 3251 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
| 3252 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
| 3253 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
| 3254 * | |
| 3255 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
| 3256 */ | |
| 3257 int | |
| 3258 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
| 3259 char_u *str; | |
| 3260 int direct; | |
| 3261 { | |
| 3262 int r = ' '; | |
| 3263 int save_State = State; | |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
| 3266 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
| 3267 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 3268 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3269 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3270 #endif | |
| 3271 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
| 3272 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3273 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
| 3274 #endif | |
| 3275 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3276 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
| 3279 { | |
| 3280 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
| 3281 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
| 3282 if (direct) | |
| 3283 r = get_keystroke(); | |
| 3284 else | |
| 1474 | 3285 r = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 3286 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
| 3287 r = 'n'; | |
| 3288 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
| 3289 out_flush(); | |
| 3290 } | |
| 3291 --no_wait_return; | |
| 3292 State = save_State; | |
| 3293 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3294 setmouse(); | |
| 3295 #endif | |
| 3296 --no_mapping; | |
| 3297 --allow_keys; | |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 return r; | |
| 3300 } | |
| 3301 | |
| 4221 | 3302 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3303 /* | |
| 3304 * Return TRUE if "c" is a mouse key. | |
| 3305 */ | |
| 3306 int | |
| 3307 is_mouse_key(c) | |
| 3308 int c; | |
| 3309 { | |
| 3310 return c == K_LEFTMOUSE | |
| 3311 || c == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
| 3312 || c == K_LEFTDRAG | |
| 3313 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
| 3314 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
| 3315 || c == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
| 3316 || c == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
| 3317 || c == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
| 3318 || c == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
| 3319 || c == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
| 3320 || c == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
| 3321 || c == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
| 3322 || c == K_MOUSEUP | |
| 3323 || c == K_MOUSELEFT | |
| 3324 || c == K_MOUSERIGHT | |
| 3325 || c == K_X1MOUSE | |
| 3326 || c == K_X1DRAG | |
| 3327 || c == K_X1RELEASE | |
| 3328 || c == K_X2MOUSE | |
| 3329 || c == K_X2DRAG | |
| 3330 || c == K_X2RELEASE; | |
| 3331 } | |
| 3332 #endif | |
| 3333 | |
| 7 | 3334 /* |
| 3335 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
| 3336 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
| 3337 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
| 3338 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
| 3339 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
| 3340 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
| 3341 */ | |
| 3342 int | |
| 3343 get_keystroke() | |
| 3344 { | |
| 3328 | 3345 char_u *buf = NULL; |
| 3346 int buflen = 150; | |
| 3347 int maxlen; | |
| 7 | 3348 int len = 0; |
| 3349 int n; | |
| 3350 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 964 | 3351 int waited = 0; |
| 7 | 3352 |
| 3353 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
| 3354 for (;;) | |
| 3355 { | |
| 3356 cursor_on(); | |
| 3357 out_flush(); | |
| 3358 | |
| 3328 | 3359 /* Leave some room for check_termcode() to insert a key code into (max |
| 3360 * 5 chars plus NUL). And fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of | |
| 3361 * bytes. */ | |
| 3362 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3363 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3364 buf = alloc(buflen); | |
| 3365 else if (maxlen < 10) | |
| 3366 { | |
| 3596 | 3367 /* Need some more space. This might happen when receiving a long |
| 3328 | 3368 * escape sequence. */ |
| 3369 buflen += 100; | |
| 3370 buf = vim_realloc(buf, buflen); | |
| 3371 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3372 } | |
| 3373 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3374 { | |
| 3375 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)buflen); | |
| 3376 return ESC; /* panic! */ | |
| 3377 } | |
| 3378 | |
| 7 | 3379 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a |
| 3328 | 3380 * terminal code to complete. */ |
| 3381 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, maxlen, len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
| 7 | 3382 if (n > 0) |
| 3383 { | |
| 3384 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
| 3385 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
| 3386 len += n; | |
| 964 | 3387 waited = 0; |
| 3388 } | |
| 3389 else if (len > 0) | |
| 3390 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
| 3328 | 3393 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, buflen, &len)) < 0 |
| 964 | 3394 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) |
| 7 | 3395 continue; |
| 964 | 3396 |
| 2672 | 3397 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */ |
| 2721 | 3398 { |
| 2723 | 3399 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0) |
| 2721 | 3400 { |
| 3401 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */ | |
| 3402 update_screen(0); | |
| 3403 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 3404 } | |
| 2672 | 3405 continue; |
| 2721 | 3406 } |
| 2672 | 3407 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
| 7 | 3408 len = n; |
| 2672 | 3409 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ |
| 7 | 3410 continue; |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
| 3413 n = buf[0]; | |
| 3414 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 3415 { | |
| 3416 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
| 3417 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
| 3418 || n == K_IGNORE | |
| 4225 | 3419 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 4221 | 3420 || (is_mouse_key(n) && n != K_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 4225 | 3421 #endif |
| 4221 | 3422 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7 | 3423 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR |
| 3424 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3425 #endif | |
| 3426 ) | |
| 3427 { | |
| 3428 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
| 3429 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
| 3430 len -= 3; | |
| 3431 if (len > 0) | |
| 3432 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
| 3433 continue; | |
| 3434 } | |
| 828 | 3435 break; |
| 7 | 3436 } |
| 3437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3438 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3439 { | |
| 3440 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
| 3441 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
| 3328 | 3442 buf[len >= buflen ? buflen - 1 : len] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3443 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); |
| 3444 } | |
| 3445 #endif | |
| 3446 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3447 if (n == intr_char) | |
| 3448 n = ESC; | |
| 3449 #endif | |
| 3450 break; | |
| 3451 } | |
| 3328 | 3452 vim_free(buf); |
| 7 | 3453 |
| 3454 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 3455 return n; | |
| 3456 } | |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 /* | |
| 374 | 3459 * Get a number from the user. |
| 3460 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
| 7 | 3461 */ |
| 3462 int | |
| 374 | 3463 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
| 3464 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
| 3465 int *mouse_used; | |
| 7 | 3466 { |
| 3467 int n = 0; | |
| 3468 int c; | |
| 810 | 3469 int typed = 0; |
| 7 | 3470 |
| 374 | 3471 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 3472 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
| 3473 | |
| 7 | 3474 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
| 3475 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
| 3476 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
| 3477 return 0; | |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3480 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3481 #endif | |
| 3482 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3483 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3484 for (;;) | |
| 3485 { | |
| 3486 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
| 3487 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 3488 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 3489 { | |
| 3490 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
| 3491 msg_putchar(c); | |
| 810 | 3492 ++typed; |
| 7 | 3493 } |
| 3494 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 3495 { | |
| 810 | 3496 if (typed > 0) |
| 3497 { | |
| 3498 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
| 3499 --typed; | |
| 3500 } | |
| 7 | 3501 n /= 10; |
| 3502 } | |
| 374 | 3503 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 3504 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
| 3505 { | |
| 3506 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
| 3507 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
| 3508 break; | |
| 3509 } | |
| 3510 #endif | |
| 7 | 3511 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
| 3512 { | |
| 3513 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
| 3514 if (!exmode_active) | |
| 3515 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3516 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
| 3517 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 3518 break; | |
| 3519 } | |
| 3520 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
| 3521 break; | |
| 3522 } | |
| 3523 --no_mapping; | |
| 3524 --allow_keys; | |
| 3525 return n; | |
| 3526 } | |
| 3527 | |
| 323 | 3528 /* |
| 3529 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
| 374 | 3530 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
| 3531 * the line number. | |
| 323 | 3532 */ |
| 3533 int | |
| 374 | 3534 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
| 3535 int *mouse_used; | |
| 323 | 3536 { |
| 3537 int i; | |
| 344 | 3538 int save_cmdline_row; |
| 3539 int save_State; | |
| 323 | 3540 |
| 3541 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
| 375 | 3542 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 1733 | 3543 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
| 375 | 3544 else |
| 1733 | 3545 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
| 344 | 3546 |
| 957 | 3547 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
| 3548 * get mouse events. */ | |
| 344 | 3549 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
| 957 | 3550 cmdline_row = 0; |
| 344 | 3551 save_State = State; |
| 957 | 3552 State = CMDLINE; |
| 374 | 3553 |
| 3554 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
| 3555 if (KeyTyped) | |
| 3556 { | |
| 3557 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
| 3558 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
| 323 | 3559 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
| 3560 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 3561 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 1938 | 3562 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 323 | 3563 } |
| 344 | 3564 else |
| 3565 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
| 3566 State = save_State; | |
| 3567 | |
| 323 | 3568 return i; |
| 3569 } | |
| 3570 | |
| 7 | 3571 void |
| 3572 msgmore(n) | |
| 3573 long n; | |
| 3574 { | |
| 3575 long pn; | |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
| 3578 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
| 3579 return; | |
| 3580 | |
| 135 | 3581 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
| 3582 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
| 3583 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
| 3584 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
| 3585 return; | |
| 3586 | |
| 7 | 3587 if (n > 0) |
| 3588 pn = n; | |
| 3589 else | |
| 3590 pn = -n; | |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 if (pn > p_report) | |
| 3593 { | |
| 3594 if (pn == 1) | |
| 3595 { | |
| 3596 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3597 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"), |
| 3598 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3599 else |
| 2768 | 3600 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"), |
| 3601 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3602 } |
| 3603 else | |
| 3604 { | |
| 3605 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3606 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3607 _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3608 else |
| 2768 | 3609 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3610 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3611 } |
| 3612 if (got_int) | |
| 2768 | 3613 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN); |
| 7 | 3614 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
| 3615 { | |
| 680 | 3616 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
| 135 | 3617 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3618 } |
| 3619 } | |
| 3620 } | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 /* | |
| 3623 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
| 3624 */ | |
| 3625 void | |
| 3626 beep_flush() | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3629 { | |
| 3630 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
| 3631 vim_beep(); | |
| 3632 } | |
| 3633 } | |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 /* | |
| 3636 * give a warning for an error | |
| 3637 */ | |
| 3638 void | |
| 3639 vim_beep() | |
| 3640 { | |
| 3641 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3642 { | |
| 3643 if (p_vb | |
| 3644 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3645 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI | |
| 3646 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
| 3647 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 3648 #endif | |
| 3649 ) | |
| 3650 { | |
| 3651 out_str(T_VB); | |
| 3652 } | |
| 3653 else | |
| 3654 { | |
| 3655 #ifdef MSDOS | |
| 3656 /* | |
| 3657 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait | |
| 3658 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems | |
| 3659 * where the beeps don't overlap. | |
| 3660 */ | |
| 3661 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
| 3662 { | |
| 3663 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3664 beep_count = 1; | |
| 3665 } | |
| 3666 else | |
| 3667 ++beep_count; | |
| 3668 #else | |
| 3669 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3670 #endif | |
| 3671 } | |
| 169 | 3672 |
| 3673 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
| 3674 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
| 3675 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
| 3676 { | |
| 3677 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3678 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3679 } | |
| 7 | 3680 } |
| 3681 } | |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 /* | |
| 3684 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
| 3685 * - get value of $HOME | |
| 3686 * For Unix: | |
| 3687 * - go to that directory | |
| 3688 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
| 3689 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
| 3690 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
| 3691 */ | |
| 3692 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 void | |
| 3695 init_homedir() | |
| 3696 { | |
| 3697 char_u *var; | |
| 3698 | |
| 170 | 3699 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
| 3700 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3701 homedir = NULL; | |
| 3702 | |
| 7 | 3703 #ifdef VMS |
| 3704 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 3705 #else | |
| 3706 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 3707 #endif | |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
| 3710 var = NULL; | |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 3713 /* | |
| 3714 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
| 3715 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
| 3716 * when $HOME is being set. | |
| 3717 */ | |
| 3718 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
| 3719 { | |
| 3720 char_u *p; | |
| 3721 char_u *exp; | |
| 3722 | |
| 3723 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
| 3724 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3725 { | |
| 419 | 3726 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
| 7 | 3727 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
| 3728 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
| 3729 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
| 3730 { | |
| 274 | 3731 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
| 7 | 3732 var = NameBuff; |
| 3733 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3734 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3735 } | |
| 3736 } | |
| 3737 } | |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 /* | |
| 3740 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
| 3741 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
| 3742 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
| 3743 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
| 3744 */ | |
| 3745 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3746 { | |
| 3747 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
| 3750 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
|
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3751 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3752 homepath = "\\"; |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3753 if (homedrive != NULL |
| 7 | 3754 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
| 3755 { | |
| 3756 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
| 3757 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
| 3758 { | |
| 3759 var = NameBuff; | |
| 3760 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3761 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3762 } | |
| 3763 } | |
| 3764 } | |
| 170 | 3765 |
| 3766 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 3767 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
| 3768 { | |
| 3769 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3770 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3771 |
| 3772 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3773 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3774 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3775 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3776 { | |
| 3777 homedir = pp; | |
| 3778 return; | |
| 3779 } | |
| 3780 } | |
| 3781 # endif | |
| 7 | 3782 #endif |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3785 /* | |
| 3786 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
| 3787 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
| 3788 */ | |
| 3789 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3790 var = "C:/"; | |
| 3791 #endif | |
| 3792 if (var != NULL) | |
| 3793 { | |
| 3794 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3795 /* | |
| 3796 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
| 3797 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
| 3798 */ | |
| 3799 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
| 3800 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
| 3801 { | |
| 3802 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
| 3803 var = IObuff; | |
| 3804 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
| 3805 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
| 3806 } | |
| 3807 #endif | |
| 3808 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3809 } | |
| 3810 } | |
| 3811 | |
| 359 | 3812 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3813 void | |
| 3814 free_homedir() | |
| 3815 { | |
| 3816 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3817 } | |
| 3744 | 3818 |
| 3819 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
| 3820 void | |
| 3821 free_users() | |
| 3822 { | |
| 3823 ga_clear_strings(&ga_users); | |
| 3824 } | |
| 3825 # endif | |
| 359 | 3826 #endif |
| 3827 | |
| 7 | 3828 /* |
| 1408 | 3829 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
| 3830 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
| 3831 * again soon. | |
| 3832 */ | |
| 3833 char_u * | |
| 3834 expand_env_save(src) | |
| 3835 char_u *src; | |
| 3836 { | |
| 3837 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
| 3838 } | |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 /* | |
| 3841 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
| 3842 * expand "~" at the start. | |
| 3843 */ | |
| 3844 char_u * | |
| 3845 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
| 3846 char_u *src; | |
| 3847 int one; | |
| 3848 { | |
| 3849 char_u *p; | |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 3852 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3853 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
| 3854 return p; | |
| 3855 } | |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 /* | |
| 7 | 3858 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
| 3859 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
| 1408 | 3860 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
| 7 | 3861 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
| 3862 */ | |
| 3863 void | |
| 3864 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
| 3865 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
| 3866 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 3867 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3868 { | |
| 1408 | 3869 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
| 7 | 3870 } |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 void | |
| 1408 | 3873 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
| 374 | 3874 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
| 7 | 3875 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
| 3876 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3877 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
| 1408 | 3878 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
| 374 | 3879 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
| 3880 { | |
| 3881 char_u *src; | |
| 7 | 3882 char_u *tail; |
| 3883 int c; | |
| 3884 char_u *var; | |
| 3885 int copy_char; | |
| 3886 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
| 3887 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
| 374 | 3888 int startstr_len = 0; |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 if (startstr != NULL) | |
| 835 | 3891 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
| 374 | 3892 |
| 3893 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
| 7 | 3894 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
| 3895 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 3896 { | |
| 3897 copy_char = TRUE; | |
| 22 | 3898 if ((*src == '$' |
| 3899 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3900 && at_start | |
| 3901 #endif | |
| 3902 ) | |
| 7 | 3903 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
| 3904 || *src == '%' | |
| 3905 #endif | |
| 3906 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
| 3907 { | |
| 3908 mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 3909 | |
| 3910 /* | |
| 3911 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
| 3912 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
| 3913 */ | |
| 3914 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3917 var = dst; | |
| 3918 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3921 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
| 3922 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
| 3923 { | |
| 3924 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
| 3925 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
| 3926 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3927 } | |
| 3928 else | |
| 3929 #endif | |
| 3930 { | |
| 3931 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
| 3932 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 3933 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3934 #endif | |
| 3935 )) | |
| 3936 { | |
| 3937 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
| 3938 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
| 3939 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
| 3940 #else | |
| 3941 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3942 #endif | |
| 3943 } | |
| 3944 } | |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3947 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3948 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
| 3949 # else | |
| 3950 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3951 # endif | |
| 3952 var = NULL; | |
| 3953 else | |
| 3954 { | |
| 3955 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3956 if (src[1] == '{') | |
| 3957 # else | |
| 3958 if (*src == '%') | |
| 3959 #endif | |
| 3960 ++tail; | |
| 3961 #endif | |
| 3962 *var = NUL; | |
| 3963 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
| 3964 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3965 } | |
| 3966 #endif | |
| 3967 } | |
| 3968 /* home directory */ | |
| 3969 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
| 3970 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
| 3971 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
| 3972 { | |
| 3973 var = homedir; | |
| 3974 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3975 } | |
| 3976 else /* user directory */ | |
| 3977 { | |
| 3978 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
| 3979 /* | |
| 3980 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
| 3981 */ | |
| 3982 tail = src; | |
| 3983 var = dst; | |
| 3984 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3985 while ( c-- > 0 | |
| 3986 && *tail | |
| 3987 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
| 3988 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 3989 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3990 *var = NUL; | |
| 3991 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3992 /* | |
| 3993 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
| 3994 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
| 3995 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
| 3996 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
| 3997 */ | |
| 3998 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 3999 { | |
| 4000 struct passwd *pw; | |
| 4001 | |
| 626 | 4002 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
| 4003 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
| 7 | 4004 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
| 4005 if (pw != NULL) | |
| 4006 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
| 4007 else | |
| 4008 var = NULL; | |
| 4009 } | |
| 4010 if (var == NULL) | |
| 4011 # endif | |
| 4012 { | |
| 4013 expand_T xpc; | |
| 4014 | |
| 4015 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
| 4016 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
| 4017 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
| 4018 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
| 4019 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4020 } | |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
| 4023 /* | |
| 4024 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
| 4025 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
| 4026 */ | |
| 4027 { | |
| 4028 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4029 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
| 4030 struct stat st; | |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
| 4033 next_path = paths; | |
| 4034 while (*next_path) | |
| 4035 { | |
| 4036 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
| 4037 next_path++); | |
| 4038 if (*next_path) | |
| 4039 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
| 4040 STRCPY(test, path); | |
| 4041 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
| 4042 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
| 4043 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
| 4044 { | |
| 4045 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
| 4046 STRCPY(var, test); | |
| 4047 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4048 break; | |
| 4049 } | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 } | |
| 4052 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
| 4053 #else | |
| 4054 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
| 4055 var = NULL; | |
| 4056 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
| 4057 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
| 4058 } | |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4061 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
| 4062 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
| 4063 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
| 4064 { | |
| 4065 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4068 { | |
| 4069 if (mustfree) | |
| 4070 vim_free(var); | |
| 4071 var = p; | |
| 4072 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4073 forward_slash(var); | |
| 4074 } | |
| 4075 } | |
| 4076 #endif | |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
| 4079 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
| 4080 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
| 4081 { | |
| 4082 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4085 { | |
| 4086 if (mustfree) | |
| 4087 vim_free(var); | |
| 4088 var = p; | |
| 4089 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4090 } | |
| 4091 } | |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
| 4094 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
| 4095 { | |
| 4096 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
| 4097 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
| 835 | 4098 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
| 7 | 4099 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
| 4100 * with it, skip a character */ | |
| 39 | 4101 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
| 7 | 4102 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
| 4103 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
| 4104 #endif | |
| 4105 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 4106 ++tail; | |
| 39 | 4107 dst += c; |
| 7 | 4108 src = tail; |
| 4109 copy_char = FALSE; | |
| 4110 } | |
| 4111 if (mustfree) | |
| 4112 vim_free(var); | |
| 4113 } | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
| 4116 { | |
| 4117 /* | |
| 1224 | 4118 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
| 1408 | 4119 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
| 4120 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
| 7 | 4121 */ |
| 4122 at_start = FALSE; | |
| 4123 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
| 4124 { | |
| 4125 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4126 --dstlen; | |
| 4127 } | |
| 1408 | 4128 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
| 7 | 4129 at_start = TRUE; |
| 4130 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4131 --dstlen; | |
| 374 | 4132 |
| 4133 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
| 4134 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
| 4135 at_start = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4136 } |
| 4137 } | |
| 4138 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4139 } | |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 /* | |
| 4142 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
| 4143 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
| 196 | 4144 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
| 2786 | 4145 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be |
| 4146 * initialized to FALSE by the caller. | |
| 7 | 4147 */ |
| 4148 char_u * | |
| 4149 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
| 4150 char_u *name; | |
| 2786 | 4151 int *mustfree; |
| 7 | 4152 { |
| 4153 char_u *p; | |
| 4154 char_u *pend; | |
| 4155 int vimruntime; | |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 4158 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
| 4159 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
| 4160 return homedir; | |
| 4161 #endif | |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
| 4164 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4165 p = NULL; | |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 if (p != NULL) | |
| 170 | 4168 { |
| 4169 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4170 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4171 { | |
| 4172 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4173 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4174 |
| 4175 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 4176 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4177 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4178 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4179 { | |
| 4180 p = pp; | |
| 4181 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4182 } | |
| 4183 } | |
| 4184 #endif | |
| 7 | 4185 return p; |
| 170 | 4186 } |
| 7 | 4187 |
| 4188 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
| 4189 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
| 4190 return NULL; | |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 /* | |
| 4193 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
| 4194 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
| 4195 */ | |
| 4196 if (vimruntime | |
| 4197 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4198 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
| 4199 #endif | |
| 4200 ) | |
| 4201 { | |
| 4202 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 4203 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4204 p = NULL; | |
| 4205 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4206 { | |
| 4207 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
| 4208 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4209 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4210 else | |
| 4211 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 170 | 4212 |
| 4213 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4214 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4215 { | |
| 4216 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4217 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4218 |
| 4219 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
| 4220 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
| 4221 * characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4222 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4223 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4224 { | |
| 2786 | 4225 if (*mustfree) |
| 170 | 4226 vim_free(p); |
| 4227 p = pp; | |
| 4228 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4229 } | |
| 4230 } | |
| 4231 #endif | |
| 7 | 4232 } |
| 4233 } | |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 /* | |
| 4236 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
| 4237 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
| 4238 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
| 4239 */ | |
| 4240 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4241 { | |
| 4242 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
| 4243 p = p_hf; | |
| 4244 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4245 /* | |
| 4246 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
| 4247 */ | |
| 4248 else | |
| 4249 p = exe_name; | |
| 4250 #endif | |
| 4251 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4252 { | |
| 4253 /* remove the file name */ | |
| 4254 pend = gettail(p); | |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
| 4257 if (p == p_hf) | |
| 4258 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4261 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
| 768 | 4262 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
| 7 | 4263 if (p == exe_name) |
| 4264 { | |
| 4265 char_u *pend1; | |
| 768 | 4266 char_u *pnew; |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
| 4269 if (pend1 != pend) | |
| 4270 { | |
| 4271 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
| 4272 if (pnew != NULL) | |
| 4273 { | |
| 4274 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
| 4275 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
| 4276 p = pnew; | |
| 4277 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
| 4278 } | |
| 4279 } | |
| 7 | 4280 } |
| 4281 # endif | |
| 4282 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
| 4283 if (p == exe_name) | |
| 4284 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
| 4285 #endif | |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
| 4288 if (!vimruntime) | |
| 4289 { | |
| 4290 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
| 4291 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
| 4292 } | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
| 4295 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 4296 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
| 1532 | 4297 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
| 39 | 4298 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
| 7 | 4299 --pend; |
| 4300 #endif | |
| 4301 | |
| 768 | 4302 #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 4303 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
| 4304 #endif | |
| 4305 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
| 4306 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
| 7 | 4307 |
| 4308 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4309 { | |
| 4310 vim_free(p); | |
| 4311 p = NULL; | |
| 4312 } | |
| 4313 else | |
| 4314 { | |
| 4315 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4316 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
| 4317 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
| 4318 { | |
| 4319 vim_free(p); | |
| 4320 p = pend; | |
| 4321 } | |
| 4322 #endif | |
| 4323 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4324 } | |
| 4325 } | |
| 4326 } | |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4329 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
| 4330 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
| 4331 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4332 { | |
| 4333 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
| 4334 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
| 4335 { | |
| 4336 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
| 4337 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4338 } | |
| 4339 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
| 4340 { | |
| 4341 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
| 4342 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4343 else | |
| 4344 { | |
| 4345 p = default_vim_dir; | |
| 4346 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4347 } | |
| 4348 } | |
| 4349 } | |
| 4350 #endif | |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 /* | |
| 4353 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
| 4354 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
| 4355 */ | |
| 4356 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4357 { | |
| 4358 if (vimruntime) | |
| 4359 { | |
| 4360 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
| 4361 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
| 4362 } | |
| 4363 else | |
| 4364 { | |
| 4365 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
| 4366 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
| 4367 } | |
| 4368 } | |
| 4369 return p; | |
| 4370 } | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 /* | |
| 4373 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
| 4374 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
| 4375 */ | |
| 4376 static char_u * | |
| 4377 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
| 4378 char_u *vimdir; | |
| 4379 { | |
| 4380 char_u *p; | |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
| 4383 return NULL; | |
| 4384 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
| 4385 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4386 return p; | |
| 4387 vim_free(p); | |
| 4388 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
| 4389 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4390 return p; | |
| 4391 vim_free(p); | |
| 4392 return NULL; | |
| 4393 } | |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 /* | |
| 4396 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
| 4397 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
| 4398 */ | |
| 4399 static char_u * | |
| 4400 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
| 4401 char_u *p; | |
| 4402 char_u *pend; | |
| 4403 char_u *name; | |
| 4404 { | |
| 4405 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
| 4406 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 if (newend >= p | |
| 4409 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
| 39 | 4410 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
| 7 | 4411 return newend; |
| 4412 return pend; | |
| 4413 } | |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 /* | |
| 4416 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
| 4417 */ | |
| 4418 void | |
| 4419 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
| 4420 char_u *name; | |
| 4421 char_u *val; | |
| 4422 { | |
| 4423 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
| 4424 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
| 4425 #else | |
| 4426 char_u *envbuf; | |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 /* | |
| 4429 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
| 4430 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
| 4431 */ | |
| 4432 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
| 4433 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
| 4434 { | |
| 4435 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
| 4436 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
| 4437 } | |
| 4438 #endif | |
| 3382 | 4439 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT |
| 4440 /* | |
| 4441 * When setting $VIMRUNTIME adjust the directory to find message | |
| 4442 * translations to $VIMRUNTIME/lang. | |
| 4443 */ | |
| 4444 if (*val != NUL && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) | |
| 4445 { | |
| 4446 char_u *buf = concat_str(val, (char_u *)"/lang"); | |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4449 { | |
| 4450 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
| 4451 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4452 } | |
| 4453 } | |
| 4454 #endif | |
| 7 | 4455 } |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4458 /* | |
| 4459 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
| 4460 */ | |
| 4461 char_u * | |
| 4462 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
| 1883 | 4463 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4464 int idx; |
| 4465 { | |
| 4466 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
| 4467 /* | |
| 4468 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
| 4469 */ | |
| 4470 return NULL; | |
| 4471 # else | |
| 4472 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
| 4473 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
| 4474 extern char **environ; | |
| 4475 # endif | |
| 17 | 4476 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
| 4477 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
| 7 | 4478 char_u *str; |
| 4479 int n; | |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
| 4482 if (str == NULL) | |
| 4483 return NULL; | |
| 4484 | |
| 17 | 4485 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
| 7 | 4486 { |
| 4487 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
| 4488 break; | |
| 4489 name[n] = str[n]; | |
| 4490 } | |
| 4491 name[n] = NUL; | |
| 4492 return name; | |
| 4493 # endif | |
| 4494 } | |
| 3744 | 4495 |
| 4496 /* | |
| 4497 * Find all user names for user completion. | |
| 4498 * Done only once and then cached. | |
| 4499 */ | |
| 4500 static void | |
|
4938
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4501 init_users() |
|
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4502 { |
| 3744 | 4503 static int lazy_init_done = FALSE; |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 if (lazy_init_done) | |
| 4506 return; | |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 lazy_init_done = TRUE; | |
| 4509 ga_init2(&ga_users, sizeof(char_u *), 20); | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWENT) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 4512 { | |
| 4513 char_u* user; | |
| 4514 struct passwd* pw; | |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 setpwent(); | |
| 4517 while ((pw = getpwent()) != NULL) | |
| 4518 /* pw->pw_name shouldn't be NULL but just in case... */ | |
| 4519 if (pw->pw_name != NULL) | |
| 4520 { | |
| 4521 if (ga_grow(&ga_users, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 4522 break; | |
| 4523 user = vim_strsave((char_u*)pw->pw_name); | |
| 4524 if (user == NULL) | |
| 4525 break; | |
| 4526 ((char_u **)(ga_users.ga_data))[ga_users.ga_len++] = user; | |
| 4527 } | |
| 4528 endpwent(); | |
| 4529 } | |
| 4530 # endif | |
| 4531 } | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 /* | |
| 4534 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an user names. | |
| 4535 */ | |
| 4536 char_u* | |
| 4537 get_users(xp, idx) | |
| 4538 expand_T *xp UNUSED; | |
| 4539 int idx; | |
| 4540 { | |
| 4541 init_users(); | |
| 4542 if (idx < ga_users.ga_len) | |
| 4543 return ((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[idx]; | |
| 4544 return NULL; | |
| 4545 } | |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 /* | |
| 4548 * Check whether name matches a user name. Return: | |
| 4549 * 0 if name does not match any user name. | |
| 4550 * 1 if name partially matches the beginning of a user name. | |
| 4551 * 2 is name fully matches a user name. | |
| 4552 */ | |
| 4553 int match_user(name) | |
| 4554 char_u* name; | |
| 4555 { | |
| 4556 int i; | |
| 4557 int n = (int)STRLEN(name); | |
| 4558 int result = 0; | |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 init_users(); | |
| 4561 for (i = 0; i < ga_users.ga_len; i++) | |
| 4562 { | |
| 4563 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name) == 0) | |
| 4564 return 2; /* full match */ | |
| 4565 if (STRNCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name, n) == 0) | |
| 4566 result = 1; /* partial match */ | |
| 4567 } | |
| 4568 return result; | |
| 4569 } | |
| 7 | 4570 #endif |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 /* | |
| 4573 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
| 4574 * 'src'. | |
| 4575 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
| 4576 */ | |
| 4577 void | |
| 4578 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
| 4579 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4580 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4581 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 4582 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 4583 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
| 4584 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
| 4585 { | |
| 4586 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
| 4587 size_t len; | |
| 3598 | 4588 char_u *homedir_env, *homedir_env_orig; |
| 7 | 4589 char_u *p; |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 if (src == NULL) | |
| 4592 { | |
| 4593 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4594 return; | |
| 4595 } | |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 /* | |
| 4598 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
| 4599 */ | |
| 4600 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
| 4601 { | |
| 4602 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
| 4603 return; | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 /* | |
| 4607 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
| 4608 * "real" home directory. | |
| 4609 */ | |
| 4610 if (homedir != NULL) | |
| 4611 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3598 | 4614 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); |
| 7 | 4615 #else |
| 3598 | 4616 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); |
| 4617 #endif | |
| 3658 | 4618 /* Empty is the same as not set. */ |
| 4619 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
| 4620 homedir_env = NULL; | |
| 4621 | |
|
4752
77ecab3bb207
updated for version 7.3.1123
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
4622 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 3658 | 4623 if (homedir_env != NULL && vim_strchr(homedir_env, '~') != NULL) |
| 3598 | 4624 { |
| 4625 int usedlen = 0; | |
| 4626 int flen; | |
| 4627 char_u *fbuf = NULL; | |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 3608 | 4630 (void)modify_fname((char_u *)":p", &usedlen, |
| 4631 &homedir_env, &fbuf, &flen); | |
| 3598 | 4632 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); |
| 4633 if (flen > 0 && vim_ispathsep(homedir_env[flen - 1])) | |
| 4634 /* Remove the trailing / that is added to a directory. */ | |
| 4635 homedir_env[flen - 1] = NUL; | |
| 4636 } | |
| 7 | 4637 #endif |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
| 4640 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 if (!one) | |
| 4643 src = skipwhite(src); | |
| 4644 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 4645 { | |
| 4646 /* | |
| 4647 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
| 4648 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
| 4649 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
| 4650 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
| 4651 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
| 4652 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
| 4653 * er's home directory)). | |
| 4654 */ | |
| 4655 p = homedir; | |
| 4656 len = dirlen; | |
| 4657 for (;;) | |
| 4658 { | |
| 4659 if ( len | |
| 4660 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
| 4661 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
| 4662 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
| 4663 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
| 4664 { | |
| 4665 src += len; | |
| 4666 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
| 4667 *dst++ = '~'; | |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 /* | |
| 4670 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
| 4671 */ | |
| 4672 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4673 *dst++ = '/'; | |
| 4674 break; | |
| 4675 } | |
| 4676 if (p == homedir_env) | |
| 4677 break; | |
| 4678 p = homedir_env; | |
| 4679 len = envlen; | |
| 4680 } | |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
| 4683 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4684 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4685 /* skip separator */ | |
| 4686 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4687 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4688 } | |
| 4689 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 *dst = NUL; | |
| 3598 | 4692 |
| 4693 if (homedir_env != homedir_env_orig) | |
| 4694 vim_free(homedir_env); | |
| 7 | 4695 } |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 /* | |
| 4698 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
| 4699 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
| 4700 */ | |
| 4701 char_u * | |
| 4702 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
| 4703 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4704 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4705 { | |
| 4706 char_u *dst; | |
| 4707 unsigned len; | |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
| 4710 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4711 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
| 4712 dst = alloc(len); | |
| 4713 if (dst != NULL) | |
| 4714 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
| 4715 return dst; | |
| 4716 } | |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 /* | |
| 4719 * Compare two file names and return: | |
| 4720 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
| 4721 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
| 4722 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
| 4723 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
| 4724 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
| 4725 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
| 4726 */ | |
| 4727 int | |
| 4728 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
| 4729 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
| 4730 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
| 4731 { | |
| 4732 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4733 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4734 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4735 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4736 struct stat st1, st2; | |
| 4737 int r1, r2; | |
| 4738 | |
| 4739 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4740 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
| 4741 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
| 4742 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
| 4743 { | |
| 4744 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
| 4745 if (checkname) | |
| 4746 { | |
| 4747 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4748 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4749 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4750 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4751 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
| 4752 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4753 } | |
| 4754 return FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4755 } | |
| 4756 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
| 4757 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4758 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
| 4759 return FPC_SAME; | |
| 4760 return FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4761 #else | |
| 4762 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
| 4763 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
| 4764 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
| 4765 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4766 int r1, r2; | |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
| 4769 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
| 4770 { | |
| 4771 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4772 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4775 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4776 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
| 4779 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
| 4780 { | |
| 4781 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4782 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4783 else | |
| 4784 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4785 } | |
| 4786 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
| 4787 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4788 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
| 4789 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4790 else | |
| 4791 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
| 4792 vim_free(exp1); | |
| 4793 } | |
| 4794 return retval; | |
| 4795 #endif | |
| 4796 } | |
| 4797 | |
| 4798 /* | |
| 10 | 4799 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4800 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it. |
| 10 | 4801 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. |
| 7 | 4802 */ |
| 4803 char_u * | |
| 4804 gettail(fname) | |
| 4805 char_u *fname; | |
| 4806 { | |
| 4807 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4810 return (char_u *)""; | |
| 4811 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ | |
| 4812 { | |
| 4813 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
| 4814 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
| 39 | 4815 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
| 7 | 4816 } |
| 4817 return p1; | |
| 4818 } | |
| 4819 | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4820 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4821 static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname)); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4822 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4823 /* |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4824 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4825 * separator: |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4826 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file" |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4827 * ^ ^ ^ ^ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4828 */ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4829 static char_u * |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4830 gettail_dir(fname) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4831 char_u *fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4832 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4833 char_u *dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4834 char_u *next_dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4835 int look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4836 char_u *p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4837 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4838 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; ) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4839 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4840 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4841 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4842 if (look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4843 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4844 next_dir_end = p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4845 look_for_sep = FALSE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4846 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4847 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4848 else |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4849 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4850 if (!look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4851 dir_end = next_dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4852 look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4853 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4854 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4855 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4856 return dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4857 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4858 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4859 |
| 7 | 4860 /* |
| 39 | 4861 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
| 4862 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
| 4863 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
| 4864 */ | |
| 4865 char_u * | |
| 4866 gettail_sep(fname) | |
| 4867 char_u *fname; | |
| 4868 { | |
| 4869 char_u *p; | |
| 4870 char_u *t; | |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
| 4873 t = gettail(fname); | |
| 4874 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
| 4875 --t; | |
| 4876 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4877 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
| 4878 ++t; | |
| 4879 #endif | |
| 4880 return t; | |
| 4881 } | |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 /* | |
| 7 | 4884 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
| 4885 */ | |
| 4886 char_u * | |
| 4887 getnextcomp(fname) | |
| 4888 char_u *fname; | |
| 4889 { | |
| 4890 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
| 39 | 4891 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
| 7 | 4892 if (*fname) |
| 4893 ++fname; | |
| 4894 return fname; | |
| 4895 } | |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 /* | |
| 4898 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
| 4899 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
| 4900 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
| 4901 */ | |
| 4902 char_u * | |
| 4903 get_past_head(path) | |
| 4904 char_u *path; | |
| 4905 { | |
| 4906 char_u *retval; | |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4909 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
| 4910 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4911 retval = path + 2; | |
| 4912 else | |
| 4913 retval = path; | |
| 4914 #else | |
| 4915 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
| 4916 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
| 4917 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
| 4918 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 4919 retval = path; | |
| 4920 # else /* Unix */ | |
| 4921 retval = path; | |
| 4922 # endif | |
| 4923 #endif | |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
| 4926 ++retval; | |
| 4927 | |
| 4928 return retval; | |
| 4929 } | |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 /* | |
| 4932 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. | |
| 4933 */ | |
| 4934 int | |
| 4935 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 4936 int c; | |
| 4937 { | |
| 2823 | 4938 #ifdef UNIX |
| 7 | 4939 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ |
| 2823 | 4940 #else |
| 4941 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 7 | 4942 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); |
| 2823 | 4943 # else |
| 4944 # ifdef VMS | |
| 7 | 4945 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ |
| 4946 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
| 4947 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
| 2823 | 4948 # else |
| 7 | 4949 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
| 2823 | 4950 # endif /* VMS */ |
| 7 | 4951 # endif |
| 2823 | 4952 #endif |
| 7 | 4953 } |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4956 /* | |
| 4957 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
| 4958 */ | |
| 4959 int | |
| 4960 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
| 4961 int c; | |
| 4962 { | |
| 4963 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4964 return (c == ':'); | |
| 4965 #else | |
| 1224 | 4966 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
| 7 | 4967 #endif |
| 4968 } | |
| 4969 #endif | |
| 4970 | |
| 819 | 4971 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
| 4972 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4973 /* | |
| 4974 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
| 4975 * It's done in-place. | |
| 4976 */ | |
| 4977 void | |
| 4978 shorten_dir(str) | |
| 4979 char_u *str; | |
| 4980 { | |
| 4981 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
| 4982 int skip = FALSE; | |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 tail = gettail(str); | |
| 4985 d = str; | |
| 4986 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
| 4987 { | |
| 4988 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
| 4989 { | |
| 4990 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4991 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 4992 break; | |
| 4993 } | |
| 4994 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
| 4995 { | |
| 4996 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4997 skip = FALSE; | |
| 4998 } | |
| 4999 else if (!skip) | |
| 5000 { | |
| 5001 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
| 5002 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
| 5003 skip = TRUE; | |
| 5004 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5005 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5006 { | |
| 5007 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 while (--l > 0) | |
| 927 | 5010 *d++ = *++s; |
| 819 | 5011 } |
| 5012 # endif | |
| 5013 } | |
| 5014 } | |
| 5015 } | |
| 5016 #endif | |
| 5017 | |
| 594 | 5018 /* |
| 5019 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 5020 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
| 5021 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
| 5022 */ | |
| 5023 int | |
| 5024 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
| 5025 char_u *fname; | |
| 5026 { | |
| 5027 char_u *p; | |
| 5028 int c; | |
| 5029 int retval; | |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
| 5032 if (p == fname) | |
| 5033 return TRUE; | |
| 5034 c = *p; | |
| 5035 *p = NUL; | |
| 5036 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
| 5037 *p = c; | |
| 5038 return retval; | |
| 5039 } | |
| 5040 | |
| 4242 | 5041 /* |
| 5042 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally | |
| 5043 * and deal with 'fileignorecase'. | |
| 7 | 5044 */ |
| 5045 int | |
| 5046 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
| 5047 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5048 { | |
| 4242 | 5049 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 7 | 5050 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); |
| 4242 | 5051 #else |
| 5052 if (p_fic) | |
| 5053 return MB_STRICMP(x, y); | |
| 5054 return STRCMP(x, y); | |
| 5055 #endif | |
| 7 | 5056 } |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 int | |
| 5059 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
| 5060 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5061 size_t len; | |
| 5062 { | |
| 4242 | 5063 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 4246 | 5064 char_u *px = x; |
| 5065 char_u *py = y; | |
| 5066 int cx = NUL; | |
| 5067 int cy = NUL; | |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 while (len > 0) | |
| 5070 { | |
| 5071 cx = PTR2CHAR(px); | |
| 5072 cy = PTR2CHAR(py); | |
| 5073 if (cx == NUL || cy == NUL | |
| 5074 || ((p_fic ? MB_TOLOWER(cx) != MB_TOLOWER(cy) : cx != cy) | |
| 5075 && !(cx == '/' && cy == '\\') | |
| 5076 && !(cx == '\\' && cy == '/'))) | |
| 7 | 5077 break; |
| 4246 | 5078 len -= MB_PTR2LEN(px); |
| 5079 px += MB_PTR2LEN(px); | |
| 5080 py += MB_PTR2LEN(py); | |
| 7 | 5081 } |
| 5082 if (len == 0) | |
| 5083 return 0; | |
| 4246 | 5084 return (cx - cy); |
| 4242 | 5085 #else |
| 5086 if (p_fic) | |
| 5087 return MB_STRNICMP(x, y, len); | |
| 5088 return STRNCMP(x, y, len); | |
| 5089 #endif | |
| 5090 } | |
| 7 | 5091 |
| 5092 /* | |
| 5093 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
| 1224 | 5094 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
| 7 | 5095 */ |
| 5096 char_u * | |
| 5097 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
| 5098 char_u *fname1; | |
| 5099 char_u *fname2; | |
| 5100 int sep; | |
| 5101 { | |
| 5102 char_u *dest; | |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
| 5105 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5106 { | |
| 5107 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
| 5108 if (sep) | |
| 5109 add_pathsep(dest); | |
| 5110 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
| 5111 } | |
| 5112 return dest; | |
| 5113 } | |
| 5114 | |
| 115 | 5115 /* |
| 5116 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
| 5117 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5118 */ | |
| 5119 char_u * | |
| 5120 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
| 5121 char_u *str1; | |
| 5122 char_u *str2; | |
| 5123 { | |
| 5124 char_u *dest; | |
| 5125 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
| 5126 | |
| 5127 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
| 5128 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5129 { | |
| 5130 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
| 5131 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
| 5132 } | |
| 5133 return dest; | |
| 5134 } | |
| 5135 | |
| 7 | 5136 /* |
| 5137 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
| 5138 * separator. | |
| 5139 */ | |
| 5140 void | |
| 5141 add_pathsep(p) | |
| 5142 char_u *p; | |
| 5143 { | |
| 39 | 5144 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
| 7 | 5145 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
| 5146 } | |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 /* | |
| 5149 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
| 5150 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5151 */ | |
| 5152 char_u * | |
| 5153 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
| 5154 char_u *fname; | |
| 3584 | 5155 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks |
| 5156 * like a full path name */ | |
| 7 | 5157 { |
| 5158 char_u *buf; | |
| 5159 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 5162 return NULL; | |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
| 5165 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 5166 { | |
| 5167 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
| 5168 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 5169 else | |
| 5170 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 5171 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5172 } | |
| 5173 return new_fname; | |
| 5174 } | |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 /* | |
| 5181 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
| 5182 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 5183 */ | |
| 5184 pos_T * | |
| 5185 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5186 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5187 { | |
| 5188 pos_T *pos; | |
| 5189 char_u *line; | |
| 5190 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | 5191 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 for (;;) | |
| 5194 { | |
| 5195 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 5196 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 5197 break; | |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 /* | |
| 5200 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
| 5201 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 5202 */ | |
| 5203 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 1883 | 5204 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
| 829 | 5205 p = skip_string(p); |
| 1883 | 5206 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
| 829 | 5207 break; |
| 5208 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 5209 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 5210 { | |
| 5211 pos = NULL; | |
| 5212 break; | |
| 5213 } | |
| 5214 } | |
| 7 | 5215 return pos; |
| 5216 } | |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 /* | |
| 5219 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. | |
| 5220 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
| 5221 */ | |
| 5222 static char_u * | |
| 5223 skip_string(p) | |
| 5224 char_u *p; | |
| 5225 { | |
| 5226 int i; | |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 /* | |
| 5229 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
| 5230 */ | |
| 5231 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
| 5232 { | |
| 5233 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5234 { | |
| 5235 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
| 5236 break; | |
| 5237 i = 2; | |
| 5238 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5239 { | |
| 5240 ++i; | |
| 5241 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
| 5242 ++i; | |
| 5243 } | |
| 5244 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
| 5245 { | |
| 5246 p += i; | |
| 5247 continue; | |
| 5248 } | |
| 5249 } | |
| 5250 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
| 5251 { | |
| 5252 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
| 5253 { | |
| 5254 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
| 5255 ++p; | |
| 5256 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
| 5257 break; | |
| 5258 } | |
| 5259 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 5260 continue; | |
| 5261 } | |
| 5262 break; /* no string found */ | |
| 5263 } | |
| 5264 if (!*p) | |
| 5265 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
| 5266 return p; | |
| 5267 } | |
| 5268 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 /* | |
| 5273 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
| 5274 */ | |
| 5275 void | |
| 5276 do_c_expr_indent() | |
| 5277 { | |
| 5278 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 5279 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 5280 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
| 5281 else | |
| 5282 # endif | |
| 5283 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
| 5284 } | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 /* | |
| 5287 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
| 5288 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
| 5289 */ | |
| 5290 /* | |
| 5291 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
| 5292 */ | |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5295 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5296 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5297 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); | |
| 5298 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5299 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
| 5300 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5301 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 5302 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5303 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5304 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5305 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
| 5306 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5307 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5308 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 5309 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3220 | 5310 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T, linenr_T, int, int)); |
| 7 | 5311 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 5312 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5313 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5314 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int)); | |
| 3461 | 5315 static int cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset __ARGS((char_u *line, int *poffset)); |
| 829 | 5316 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); |
| 7 | 5317 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 1336 | 5318 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col)); |
| 828 | 5319 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass)); |
| 7 | 5320 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
| 4184 | 5321 static int cin_starts_with __ARGS((char_u *s, char *word)); |
| 7 | 5322 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); |
| 5323 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int)); | |
| 5324 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5325 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos)); | |
| 5326 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); | |
| 5327 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 2857 | 5328 static int cin_is_cpp_namespace __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 7 | 5329 |
| 1096 | 5330 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */ |
| 5331 | |
| 7 | 5332 /* |
| 5333 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
| 1096 | 5334 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
| 7 | 5335 */ |
| 5336 static char_u * | |
| 5337 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
| 5338 char_u *s; | |
| 5339 { | |
| 5340 while (*s) | |
| 5341 { | |
| 1096 | 5342 char_u *prev_s = s; |
| 5343 | |
| 7 | 5344 s = skipwhite(s); |
| 1096 | 5345 |
| 5346 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
| 5347 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
| 5348 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') | |
| 5349 { | |
| 5350 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5351 break; | |
| 5352 } | |
| 7 | 5353 if (*s != '/') |
| 5354 break; | |
| 5355 ++s; | |
| 5356 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
| 5357 { | |
| 5358 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5359 break; | |
| 5360 } | |
| 5361 if (*s != '*') | |
| 5362 break; | |
| 5363 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
| 5364 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
| 5365 { | |
| 5366 s += 2; | |
| 5367 break; | |
| 5368 } | |
| 5369 } | |
| 5370 return s; | |
| 5371 } | |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 /* | |
| 2805 | 5374 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are |
| 7 | 5375 * not considered code. |
| 5376 */ | |
| 5377 static int | |
| 5378 cin_nocode(s) | |
| 5379 char_u *s; | |
| 5380 { | |
| 5381 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
| 5382 } | |
| 5383 | |
| 5384 /* | |
| 5385 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
| 5386 */ | |
| 5387 static pos_T * | |
| 5388 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5389 { | |
| 5390 static pos_T pos; | |
| 5391 char_u *line; | |
| 5392 char_u *p; | |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5395 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
| 5396 { | |
| 5397 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
| 5398 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 5399 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
| 5400 { | |
| 5401 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
| 5402 return &pos; | |
| 5403 } | |
| 5404 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5405 break; | |
| 5406 } | |
| 5407 return NULL; | |
| 5408 } | |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 /* | |
| 5411 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. | |
| 5412 */ | |
| 5413 static int | |
| 5414 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
| 5415 char_u **s; | |
| 5416 { | |
| 5417 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 5418 return FALSE; | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
| 5421 (*s)++; | |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 5426 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
| 5427 } | |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 /* | |
| 5430 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
| 5431 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
| 5432 */ | |
| 5433 int | |
| 5434 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5435 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5436 { | |
| 5437 char_u *s; | |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 /* | |
| 5442 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
| 5443 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
| 5444 */ | |
| 5445 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5446 return FALSE; | |
| 5447 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
| 5448 return FALSE; | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
| 5451 { | |
| 5452 /* | |
| 5453 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
| 5454 * label. | |
| 5455 */ | |
| 5456 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5457 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5458 char_u *line; | |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5461 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 5462 { | |
| 5463 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 /* | |
| 5466 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 5467 */ | |
| 5468 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5469 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 5470 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5473 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
| 5474 continue; | |
| 5475 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
| 5476 continue; | |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5479 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
| 5480 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5481 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE) |
| 7 | 5482 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) |
| 5483 return TRUE; | |
| 5484 return FALSE; | |
| 5485 } | |
| 5486 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5487 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
| 5488 } | |
| 5489 return FALSE; | |
| 5490 } | |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 /* | |
| 4184 | 5493 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations: |
| 5494 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] enum" | |
| 5495 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] = {" | |
| 7 | 5496 */ |
| 5497 static int | |
| 5498 cin_isinit(void) | |
| 5499 { | |
| 5500 char_u *s; | |
| 4184 | 5501 static char *skip[] = {"static", "public", "protected", "private"}; |
| 7 | 5502 |
| 5503 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5504 | |
| 4184 | 5505 if (cin_starts_with(s, "typedef")) |
| 7 | 5506 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); |
| 5507 | |
| 4184 | 5508 for (;;) |
| 5509 { | |
| 5510 int i, l; | |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(skip) / sizeof(char *)); ++i) | |
| 5513 { | |
| 4207 | 5514 l = (int)strlen(skip[i]); |
| 4184 | 5515 if (cin_starts_with(s, skip[i])) |
| 5516 { | |
| 5517 s = cin_skipcomment(s + l); | |
| 5518 l = 0; | |
| 5519 break; | |
| 5520 } | |
| 5521 } | |
| 5522 if (l != 0) | |
| 5523 break; | |
| 5524 } | |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 if (cin_starts_with(s, "enum")) | |
| 7 | 5527 return TRUE; |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
| 5530 return TRUE; | |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 return FALSE; | |
| 5533 } | |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 /* | |
| 5536 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
| 5537 */ | |
| 5538 int | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5539 cin_iscase(s, strict) |
| 7 | 5540 char_u *s; |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5541 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */ |
| 7 | 5542 { |
| 5543 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 4184 | 5544 if (cin_starts_with(s, "case")) |
| 7 | 5545 { |
| 5546 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
| 5547 { | |
| 5548 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5549 if (*s == ':') | |
| 5550 { | |
| 5551 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5552 ++s; | |
| 5553 else | |
| 5554 return TRUE; | |
| 5555 } | |
| 5556 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5557 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */ |
| 7 | 5558 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) |
| 5559 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
| 5560 else if (*s == '"') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5561 { |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5562 /* JS etc. */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5563 if (strict) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5564 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5565 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5566 return TRUE; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5567 } |
| 7 | 5568 } |
| 5569 return FALSE; | |
| 5570 } | |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5573 return TRUE; | |
| 5574 return FALSE; | |
| 5575 } | |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 /* | |
| 5578 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
| 5579 */ | |
| 5580 static int | |
| 5581 cin_isdefault(s) | |
| 5582 char_u *s; | |
| 5583 { | |
| 5584 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
| 5585 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
| 5586 && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5587 } | |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
5590 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label. |
| 7 | 5591 */ |
| 5592 int | |
| 5593 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
| 5594 char_u *s; | |
| 5595 { | |
| 5596 int i; | |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5599 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
| 5600 i = 6; | |
| 5601 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
| 5602 i = 9; | |
| 5603 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
| 5604 i = 7; | |
| 5605 else | |
| 5606 return FALSE; | |
| 5607 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5608 } | |
| 5609 | |
| 2857 | 5610 /* Maximum number of lines to search back for a "namespace" line. */ |
| 5611 #define FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM 20 | |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 /* | |
| 5614 * Recognize a "namespace" scope declaration. | |
| 5615 */ | |
| 5616 static int | |
| 5617 cin_is_cpp_namespace(s) | |
| 5618 char_u *s; | |
| 5619 { | |
| 5620 char_u *p; | |
| 5621 int has_name = FALSE; | |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5624 if (STRNCMP(s, "namespace", 9) == 0 && (s[9] == NUL || !vim_iswordc(s[9]))) | |
| 5625 { | |
| 5626 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(s + 9)); | |
| 5627 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5628 { | |
| 5629 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 5630 { | |
| 5631 has_name = TRUE; /* found end of a name */ | |
| 5632 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(p)); | |
| 5633 } | |
| 5634 else if (*p == '{') | |
| 5635 { | |
| 5636 break; | |
| 5637 } | |
| 5638 else if (vim_iswordc(*p)) | |
| 5639 { | |
| 5640 if (has_name) | |
| 5641 return FALSE; /* word character after skipping past name */ | |
| 5642 ++p; | |
| 5643 } | |
| 5644 else | |
| 5645 { | |
| 5646 return FALSE; | |
| 5647 } | |
| 5648 } | |
| 5649 return TRUE; | |
| 5650 } | |
| 5651 return FALSE; | |
| 5652 } | |
| 5653 | |
| 7 | 5654 /* |
| 5655 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
| 5656 * Return NULL if not found. | |
| 5657 * case 234: a = b; | |
| 5658 * ^ | |
| 5659 */ | |
| 5660 static char_u * | |
| 5661 after_label(l) | |
| 5662 char_u *l; | |
| 5663 { | |
| 5664 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
| 5665 { | |
| 5666 if (*l == ':') | |
| 5667 { | |
| 5668 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5669 ++l; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5670 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 5671 break; |
| 5672 } | |
| 5673 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
| 5674 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
| 5675 } | |
| 5676 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5677 return NULL; | |
| 5678 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
| 5679 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5680 return NULL; | |
| 5681 return l; | |
| 5682 } | |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 /* | |
| 5685 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
| 5686 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
| 5687 */ | |
| 5688 static int | |
| 5689 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
| 5690 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5691 { | |
| 5692 char_u *l; | |
| 5693 pos_T fp; | |
| 5694 colnr_T col; | |
| 5695 char_u *p; | |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5698 p = after_label(l); | |
| 5699 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5700 return 0; | |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
| 5703 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5704 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5705 return (int)col; | |
| 5706 } | |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 /* | |
| 5709 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
| 829 | 5710 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
| 7 | 5711 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
| 5712 * ^ | |
| 5713 */ | |
| 5714 static int | |
| 5715 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5716 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5717 char_u **pp; | |
| 5718 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5719 { | |
| 5720 char_u *l; | |
| 5721 int amount; | |
| 5722 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5725 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5726 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5727 /* XXX */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5728 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5729 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 5730 { |
| 5731 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
| 5732 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5733 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 5734 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5735 } | |
| 5736 else | |
| 5737 { | |
| 5738 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5739 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5740 } | |
| 5741 *pp = l; | |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5744 return amount; | |
| 5745 } | |
| 5746 | |
| 5747 /* | |
| 5748 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
| 5749 * int a, indent of "a" | |
| 5750 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
| 5751 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
| 5752 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
| 5753 */ | |
| 5754 static int | |
| 5755 cin_first_id_amount() | |
| 5756 { | |
| 5757 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
| 5758 int len; | |
| 5759 pos_T fp; | |
| 5760 colnr_T col; | |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5763 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 835 | 5764 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5765 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
| 5766 { | |
| 5767 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 856 | 5768 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5769 } |
| 5770 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
| 5771 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 5772 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
| 5773 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
| 5774 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
| 5775 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
| 5776 { | |
| 5777 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5778 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
| 5779 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
| 5780 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
| 5781 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
| 5782 p = s; | |
| 5783 } | |
| 5784 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
| 5785 ; | |
| 5786 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
| 5787 return 0; | |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5790 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5791 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
| 5792 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5793 return (int)col; | |
| 5794 } | |
| 5795 | |
| 5796 /* | |
| 5797 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
| 5798 * char *foo = "here"; | |
| 5799 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
| 5800 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
| 5801 * foo = "asdf\ | |
| 5802 * asdf\ | |
| 5803 * here"; | |
| 5804 */ | |
| 5805 static int | |
| 5806 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
| 5807 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5808 { | |
| 5809 char_u *line; | |
| 5810 char_u *s; | |
| 5811 colnr_T col; | |
| 5812 pos_T fp; | |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 if (lnum > 1) | |
| 5815 { | |
| 5816 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 5817 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 5818 return -1; | |
| 5819 } | |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5822 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
| 5823 { | |
| 5824 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5825 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5826 else | |
| 5827 ++s; | |
| 5828 } | |
| 5829 if (*s != '=') | |
| 5830 return 0; | |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
| 5833 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
| 5834 return 0; | |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
| 5837 ++s; | |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5840 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
| 5841 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5842 return (int)col; | |
| 5843 } | |
| 5844 | |
| 5845 /* | |
| 5846 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
| 5847 */ | |
| 5848 static int | |
| 5849 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
| 5850 char_u *s; | |
| 5851 { | |
| 2776 | 5852 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#') |
| 7 | 5853 return TRUE; |
| 5854 return FALSE; | |
| 5855 } | |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 /* | |
| 5858 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
| 5859 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
| 5860 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
| 5861 */ | |
| 5862 static int | |
| 5863 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
| 5864 char_u **pp; | |
| 5865 linenr_T *lnump; | |
| 5866 { | |
| 5867 char_u *line = *pp; | |
| 5868 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
| 5869 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5870 | |
| 408 | 5871 for (;;) |
| 7 | 5872 { |
| 5873 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
| 5874 { | |
| 5875 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5876 *lnump = lnum; | |
| 5877 break; | |
| 5878 } | |
| 5879 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 5880 break; | |
| 5881 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
| 5882 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5883 break; | |
| 5884 } | |
| 5885 | |
| 5886 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
| 5887 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
| 5888 return retval; | |
| 5889 } | |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 /* | |
| 5892 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
| 5893 */ | |
| 5894 static int | |
| 5895 cin_iscomment(p) | |
| 5896 char_u *p; | |
| 5897 { | |
| 5898 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
| 5899 } | |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 /* | |
| 5902 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
| 5903 */ | |
| 5904 static int | |
| 5905 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
| 5906 char_u *p; | |
| 5907 { | |
| 5908 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
| 5909 } | |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 /* | |
| 2805 | 5912 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or |
| 5913 * '}'. | |
| 7 | 5914 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. |
| 2843 | 5915 * If a line begins with an "else", only consider it terminated if no unmatched |
| 5916 * opening braces follow (handle "else { foo();" correctly). | |
| 7 | 5917 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if |
| 5918 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
| 5919 */ | |
| 5920 static int | |
| 5921 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
| 5922 char_u *s; | |
| 5923 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
| 5924 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
| 5925 { | |
| 2843 | 5926 char_u found_start = 0; |
| 5927 unsigned n_open = 0; | |
| 5928 int is_else = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 5929 |
| 5930 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
| 5933 found_start = *s; | |
| 5934 | |
| 2843 | 5935 if (!found_start) |
| 5936 is_else = cin_iselse(s); | |
| 5937 | |
| 7 | 5938 while (*s) |
| 5939 { | |
| 5940 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
| 5941 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
| 2805 | 5942 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0) |
| 5943 --n_open; | |
| 2843 | 5944 if ((!is_else || n_open == 0) |
| 2805 | 5945 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) |
| 7 | 5946 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) |
| 5947 return *s; | |
| 2805 | 5948 else if (*s == '{') |
| 5949 { | |
| 5950 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5951 return *s; | |
| 5952 else | |
| 5953 ++n_open; | |
| 5954 } | |
| 7 | 5955 |
| 5956 if (*s) | |
| 5957 s++; | |
| 5958 } | |
| 5959 return found_start; | |
| 5960 } | |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 /* | |
| 5963 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
| 5964 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
| 5965 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
| 5966 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5967 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
| 5968 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
| 5969 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
| 3220 | 5970 * "min_lnum" is the line before which we will not be looking. |
| 7 | 5971 */ |
| 5972 static int | |
| 3220 | 5973 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum, min_lnum, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) |
| 7 | 5974 char_u **sp; |
| 5975 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
| 3220 | 5976 linenr_T min_lnum; |
| 5977 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5978 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 7 | 5979 { |
| 5980 char_u *s; | |
| 5981 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
| 5982 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 3220 | 5983 pos_T *trypos; |
| 5984 int just_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 5985 |
| 5986 if (sp == NULL) | |
| 5987 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5988 else | |
| 5989 s = *sp; | |
| 5990 | |
| 3220 | 5991 if (find_last_paren(s, '(', ')') |
| 5992 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 5993 { | |
| 5994 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 5995 if (lnum < min_lnum) | |
| 5996 return FALSE; | |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5999 } | |
| 6000 | |
| 2776 | 6001 /* Ignore line starting with #. */ |
| 6002 if (cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 6003 return FALSE; | |
| 6004 | |
| 7 | 6005 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') |
| 6006 { | |
| 6007 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6008 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6009 else | |
| 6010 ++s; | |
| 6011 } | |
| 6012 if (*s != '(') | |
| 6013 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
| 6014 | |
| 6015 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 6016 { | |
| 6017 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6018 { | |
| 6019 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
| 6020 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
| 6021 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
| 6022 * defined(y) | |
| 6023 */ | |
| 6024 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
| 6025 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 6026 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 6027 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6028 goto done; | |
| 6029 } | |
| 2776 | 6030 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s)) |
| 6031 { | |
| 6032 int comma = (*s == ','); | |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line. | |
| 6035 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style: | |
| 6036 * func(arg1 | |
| 6037 * , arg2) */ | |
| 6038 for (;;) | |
| 6039 { | |
| 6040 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6041 break; | |
| 6042 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
| 6043 if (!cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 6044 break; | |
| 6045 } | |
| 7 | 6046 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 6047 break; | |
| 2776 | 6048 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the |
| 6049 * start of next line. */ | |
| 6050 s = skipwhite(s); | |
| 3220 | 6051 if (!just_started && (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')) |
| 2776 | 6052 break; |
| 3220 | 6053 just_started = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6054 } |
| 6055 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6056 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6057 else | |
| 3220 | 6058 { |
| 7 | 6059 ++s; |
| 3220 | 6060 just_started = FALSE; |
| 6061 } | |
| 7 | 6062 } |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 done: | |
| 6065 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
| 6066 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 return retval; | |
| 6069 } | |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 static int | |
| 6072 cin_isif(p) | |
| 6073 char_u *p; | |
| 6074 { | |
| 6075 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6076 } | |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 static int | |
| 6079 cin_iselse(p) | |
| 6080 char_u *p; | |
| 6081 { | |
| 6082 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
| 6083 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 6084 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
| 6085 } | |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 static int | |
| 6088 cin_isdo(p) | |
| 6089 char_u *p; | |
| 6090 { | |
| 6091 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6092 } | |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 /* | |
| 6095 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
| 6096 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
| 6097 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
| 6098 */ | |
| 6099 static int | |
| 6100 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
| 6101 char_u *p; | |
| 6102 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6103 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6104 { | |
| 6105 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6106 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6107 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6110 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6111 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6112 if (cin_starts_with(p, "while")) |
| 7 | 6113 { |
| 6114 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6115 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6116 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6117 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6118 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
| 6119 { | |
| 6120 ++p; | |
| 6121 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6122 } | |
| 6123 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
| 6124 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') | |
| 6125 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6126 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6127 } | |
| 6128 return retval; | |
| 6129 } | |
| 6130 | |
| 829 | 6131 /* |
| 3461 | 6132 * Check whether in "p" there is an "if", "for" or "while" before "*poffset". |
| 3454 | 6133 * Return 0 if there is none. |
| 6134 * Otherwise return !0 and update "*poffset" to point to the place where the | |
| 6135 * string was found. | |
| 6136 */ | |
| 6137 static int | |
| 3461 | 6138 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, poffset) |
| 3454 | 6139 char_u *line; |
| 6140 int *poffset; | |
| 6141 { | |
| 3461 | 6142 int offset = *poffset; |
| 3454 | 6143 |
| 6144 if (offset-- < 2) | |
| 6145 return 0; | |
| 6146 while (offset > 2 && vim_iswhite(line[offset])) | |
| 6147 --offset; | |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 offset -= 1; | |
| 6150 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "if", 2)) | |
| 6151 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6152 | |
| 6153 if (offset >= 1) | |
| 6154 { | |
| 6155 offset -= 1; | |
| 6156 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "for", 3)) | |
| 6157 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 if (offset >= 2) | |
| 6160 { | |
| 6161 offset -= 2; | |
| 6162 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "while", 5)) | |
| 6163 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6164 } | |
| 6165 } | |
| 6166 return 0; | |
| 3461 | 6167 |
| 3454 | 6168 probablyFound: |
| 6169 if (!offset || !vim_isIDc(line[offset - 1])) | |
| 6170 { | |
| 6171 *poffset = offset; | |
| 6172 return 1; | |
| 6173 } | |
| 6174 return 0; | |
| 6175 } | |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 /* | |
| 829 | 6178 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. |
| 6179 * do | |
| 6180 * nothing; | |
| 6181 * while (foo | |
| 856 | 6182 * && bar); <-- here |
| 829 | 6183 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
| 6184 */ | |
| 6185 static int | |
| 6186 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 6187 int terminated; | |
| 6188 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6189 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6190 { | |
| 6191 char_u *line; | |
| 6192 char_u *p; | |
| 6193 char_u *s; | |
| 6194 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6195 int i; | |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
| 6198 return FALSE; | |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6201 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6202 { | |
| 6203 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6204 if (*p == ')') | |
| 6205 { | |
| 6206 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
| 6207 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6208 { | |
| 6209 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
| 6210 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
| 835 | 6211 i = (int)(p - line); |
| 829 | 6212 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
| 6213 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 6214 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6215 { | |
| 6216 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
| 6217 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6218 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6219 if (cin_starts_with(s, "while")) |
| 829 | 6220 { |
| 6221 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6222 return TRUE; | |
| 6223 } | |
| 6224 } | |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
| 6227 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6228 p = line + i; | |
| 6229 } | |
| 6230 } | |
| 6231 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6232 ++p; | |
| 6233 } | |
| 6234 return FALSE; | |
| 6235 } | |
| 6236 | |
| 7 | 6237 static int |
| 6238 cin_isbreak(p) | |
| 6239 char_u *p; | |
| 6240 { | |
| 6241 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
| 6242 } | |
| 6243 | |
| 828 | 6244 /* |
| 6245 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
| 7 | 6246 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
| 6247 * | |
| 6248 * class MyClass : | |
| 6249 * baseClass <-- here | |
| 6250 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
| 6251 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
| 6252 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
| 6253 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
| 827 | 6254 * |
| 6255 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
| 7 | 6256 */ |
| 6257 static int | |
| 1336 | 6258 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col) |
| 828 | 6259 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */ |
| 7 | 6260 { |
| 6261 char_u *s; | |
| 6262 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
| 828 | 6263 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 1336 | 6264 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 6265 |
| 6266 *col = 0; | |
| 6267 | |
| 17 | 6268 s = skipwhite(line); |
| 6269 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
| 6270 return FALSE; | |
| 6271 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 7 | 6272 if (*s == NUL) |
| 6273 return FALSE; | |
| 6274 | |
| 6275 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6276 | |
| 828 | 6277 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
| 6278 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
| 6279 * a = cond ? | |
| 6280 * func() : | |
| 856 | 6281 * asdf; |
| 828 | 6282 * func::foo() |
| 6283 * : something | |
| 6284 * {} | |
| 6285 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
| 6286 * : something(4), | |
| 6287 * somethingelse(3) | |
| 6288 * {} | |
| 6289 */ | |
| 6290 while (lnum > 1) | |
| 6291 { | |
| 1336 | 6292 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
| 6293 s = skipwhite(line); | |
| 828 | 6294 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
| 6295 break; | |
| 6296 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6297 { | |
| 6298 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6299 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
| 6300 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
| 6301 break; | |
| 6302 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6303 ++s; | |
| 6304 } | |
| 6305 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6306 break; | |
| 6307 --lnum; | |
| 6308 } | |
| 6309 | |
| 1336 | 6310 line = ml_get(lnum); |
| 6311 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 828 | 6312 for (;;) |
| 6313 { | |
| 6314 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6315 { | |
| 6316 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6317 break; | |
| 6318 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
| 1336 | 6319 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
| 6320 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 6321 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6322 continue; | |
| 828 | 6323 } |
| 6324 | |
| 2807 | 6325 if (s[0] == '"') |
| 6326 s = skip_string(s) + 1; | |
| 6327 else if (s[0] == ':') | |
| 7 | 6328 { |
| 6329 if (s[1] == ':') | |
| 6330 { | |
| 6331 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
| 6332 * initialization any more */ | |
| 6333 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6334 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
| 6335 } | |
| 6336 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
| 6337 { | |
| 6338 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
| 1532 | 6339 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
| 7 | 6340 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
| 6341 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6342 *col = 0; | |
| 6343 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6344 } | |
| 6345 else | |
| 6346 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6347 } | |
| 6348 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 6349 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
| 6350 { | |
| 6351 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
| 6352 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 if (*s == 'c') | |
| 6355 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
| 6356 else | |
| 6357 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 6358 } | |
| 6359 else | |
| 6360 { | |
| 6361 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
| 6362 { | |
| 6363 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6364 } | |
| 6365 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
| 6366 { | |
| 6367 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
| 6368 * something like "):" */ | |
| 6369 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6370 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
| 6371 } | |
| 827 | 6372 else if (s[0] == '?') |
| 6373 { | |
| 6374 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
| 6375 return FALSE; | |
| 6376 } | |
| 7 | 6377 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
| 6378 { | |
| 6379 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
| 6380 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6381 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6382 } | |
| 6383 else if (*col == 0) | |
| 6384 { | |
| 6385 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
| 6386 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
| 828 | 6389 if (cpp_base_class) |
| 7 | 6390 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
| 6391 } | |
| 6392 | |
| 828 | 6393 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
| 6394 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6395 *col = 0; | |
| 6396 | |
| 7 | 6397 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 6398 } | |
| 6399 } | |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 return cpp_base_class; | |
| 6402 } | |
| 6403 | |
| 828 | 6404 static int |
| 6405 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6406 int col; | |
| 6407 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6408 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6409 int ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6410 { | |
| 6411 int amount; | |
| 6412 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 6413 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 if (col == 0) | |
| 6416 { | |
| 6417 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 6418 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
| 6419 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 6420 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6421 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6422 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
| 6423 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6424 } | |
| 6425 else | |
| 6426 { | |
| 6427 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6428 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6429 amount = (int)vcol; | |
| 6430 } | |
| 6431 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6432 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6433 return amount; | |
| 6434 } | |
| 6435 | |
| 7 | 6436 /* |
| 6437 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
| 6438 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
| 6439 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
| 6440 */ | |
| 6441 static int | |
| 6442 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
| 6443 char_u *s; | |
| 6444 char_u *find; | |
| 6445 char_u *ignore; | |
| 6446 { | |
| 6447 char_u *p = s; | |
| 6448 char_u *r; | |
| 6449 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6452 { | |
| 6453 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6454 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
| 6455 { | |
| 6456 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 6457 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
| 6458 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
| 6459 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
| 6460 return TRUE; | |
| 6461 } | |
| 6462 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6463 ++p; | |
| 6464 } | |
| 6465 return FALSE; | |
| 6466 } | |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 /* | |
| 4184 | 6469 * Return TRUE when "s" starts with "word" and then a non-ID character. |
| 6470 */ | |
| 6471 static int | |
| 6472 cin_starts_with(s, word) | |
| 6473 char_u *s; | |
| 6474 char *word; | |
| 6475 { | |
| 4207 | 6476 int l = (int)STRLEN(word); |
| 4184 | 6477 |
| 6478 return (STRNCMP(s, word, l) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[l])); | |
| 6479 } | |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 /* | |
| 7 | 6482 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". |
| 6483 * Return the column found. | |
| 6484 */ | |
| 6485 static int | |
| 6486 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
| 6487 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6488 { | |
| 6489 char_u *line; | |
| 6490 char_u *p; | |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6493 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
| 6494 { | |
| 6495 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
| 6496 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6497 else | |
| 6498 { | |
| 6499 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 6500 ++p; | |
| 6501 } | |
| 6502 } | |
| 6503 return (int)(p - line); | |
| 6504 } | |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 /* | |
| 6507 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
| 6508 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 6509 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
| 6510 * work. */ | |
| 6511 /* foo() */ | |
| 6512 /* { */ | |
| 6513 /* } */ | |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 static pos_T * | |
| 6516 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6517 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6520 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6521 pos_T *pos; | |
| 6522 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6525 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
| 6526 { | |
| 6527 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6528 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6529 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6530 pos = NULL; | |
| 829 | 6531 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
| 7 | 6532 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
| 6533 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6534 break; | |
| 6535 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 6536 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 6537 } | |
| 6538 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6539 return trypos; | |
| 6540 } | |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 /* | |
| 6543 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment. | |
| 3454 | 6544 * Return NULL if no match found. |
| 7 | 6545 */ |
| 6546 static pos_T * | |
| 6547 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6548 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6549 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6550 { | |
| 6551 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6552 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 829 | 6553 static pos_T pos_copy; |
| 7 | 6554 |
| 6555 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6556 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 6557 { | |
| 6558 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
| 6559 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
| 6560 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6561 else | |
| 6562 { | |
| 6563 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6564 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6565 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6566 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6567 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6568 } | |
| 6569 } | |
| 6570 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6571 return trypos; | |
| 6572 } | |
| 6573 | |
| 6574 /* | |
| 6575 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the | |
| 6576 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
| 6577 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
| 6578 * looking a few lines further. | |
| 6579 */ | |
| 6580 static int | |
| 6581 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos) | |
| 6582 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6583 pos_T *startpos; | |
| 6584 { | |
| 6585 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6586 | |
| 6587 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2) | |
| 6588 return ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
| 6589 return ind_maxparen; | |
| 6590 } | |
| 6591 | |
| 6592 /* | |
| 6593 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
| 3172 | 6594 * line "l". "l" must point to the start of the line. |
| 7 | 6595 */ |
| 6596 static int | |
| 6597 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
| 6598 char_u *l; | |
| 6599 int start, end; | |
| 6600 { | |
| 6601 int i; | |
| 6602 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6603 int open_count = 0; | |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
| 6606 | |
| 3172 | 6607 for (i = 0; l[i] != NUL; i++) |
| 7 | 6608 { |
| 6609 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
| 6610 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
| 6611 if (l[i] == start) | |
| 6612 ++open_count; | |
| 6613 else if (l[i] == end) | |
| 6614 { | |
| 6615 if (open_count > 0) | |
| 6616 --open_count; | |
| 6617 else | |
| 6618 { | |
| 6619 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 6620 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6621 } | |
| 6622 } | |
| 6623 } | |
| 6624 return retval; | |
| 6625 } | |
| 6626 | |
| 6627 int | |
| 6628 get_c_indent() | |
| 6629 { | |
| 3740 | 6630 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
| 6631 | |
| 7 | 6632 /* |
| 6633 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that | |
| 6634 * block should be | |
| 6635 */ | |
| 3740 | 6636 |
| 6637 int ind_level = sw; | |
| 7 | 6638 |
| 6639 /* | |
| 6640 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
| 6641 * line is imagined to be. | |
| 6642 */ | |
| 6643 int ind_open_imag = 0; | |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
6646 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by |
| 7 | 6647 * an opening brace. |
| 6648 */ | |
| 6649 int ind_no_brace = 0; | |
| 6650 | |
| 6651 /* | |
| 6652 * column where the first { of a function should be located } | |
| 6653 */ | |
| 6654 int ind_first_open = 0; | |
| 6655 | |
| 6656 /* | |
| 6657 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
| 6658 * located | |
| 6659 */ | |
| 6660 int ind_open_extra = 0; | |
| 6661 | |
| 6662 /* | |
| 6663 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
| 6664 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
| 6665 * brace should be located | |
| 6666 */ | |
| 6667 int ind_close_extra = 0; | |
| 6668 | |
| 6669 /* | |
| 6670 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
| 6671 * column is imagined to be | |
| 6672 */ | |
| 6673 int ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6676 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative, |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6677 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6678 */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6679 int ind_jump_label = -1; |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6680 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6681 /* |
| 7 | 6682 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located |
| 6683 */ | |
| 3740 | 6684 int ind_case = sw; |
| 7 | 6685 |
| 6686 /* | |
| 6687 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located | |
| 6688 */ | |
| 3740 | 6689 int ind_case_code = sw; |
| 7 | 6690 |
| 6691 /* | |
| 6692 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label | |
| 6693 */ | |
| 6694 int ind_case_break = 0; | |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 /* | |
| 6697 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
| 6698 * should be located | |
| 6699 */ | |
| 3740 | 6700 int ind_scopedecl = sw; |
| 7 | 6701 |
| 6702 /* | |
| 6703 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located | |
| 6704 */ | |
| 3740 | 6705 int ind_scopedecl_code = sw; |
| 7 | 6706 |
| 6707 /* | |
| 6708 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented | |
| 6709 */ | |
| 3740 | 6710 int ind_param = sw; |
| 7 | 6711 |
| 6712 /* | |
| 6713 * amount a function type spec should be indented | |
| 6714 */ | |
| 3740 | 6715 int ind_func_type = sw; |
| 7 | 6716 |
| 6717 /* | |
| 6718 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
| 6719 * should be indented | |
| 6720 */ | |
| 3740 | 6721 int ind_cpp_baseclass = sw; |
| 7 | 6722 |
| 6723 /* | |
| 6724 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
| 6725 * should be located | |
| 6726 */ | |
| 3740 | 6727 int ind_continuation = sw; |
| 7 | 6728 |
| 6729 /* | |
| 6730 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses | |
| 6731 */ | |
| 3740 | 6732 int ind_unclosed = sw * 2; |
| 7 | 6733 |
| 6734 /* | |
| 6735 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
| 6736 * itself is also unclosed | |
| 6737 */ | |
| 3740 | 6738 int ind_unclosed2 = sw; |
| 7 | 6739 |
| 6740 /* | |
| 6741 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
| 6742 * unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6743 */ | |
| 6744 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
| 6745 | |
| 6746 /* | |
| 6747 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
| 6748 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
| 6749 * context (for very long lines). | |
| 6750 */ | |
| 6751 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 /* | |
| 6754 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
| 6755 * an unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6756 */ | |
| 6757 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
| 6758 | |
| 6759 /* | |
| 6760 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
| 6761 * opening parentheses. | |
| 6762 */ | |
| 6763 int ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 /* | |
| 829 | 6766 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. |
| 6767 */ | |
| 6768 int ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 /* | |
| 7 | 6771 * Extra indent for comments. |
| 6772 */ | |
| 6773 int ind_comment = 0; | |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 /* | |
| 6776 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. | |
| 6777 */ | |
| 6778 int ind_in_comment = 3; | |
| 6779 | |
| 6780 /* | |
| 6781 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
| 6782 * after the comment opener. | |
| 6783 */ | |
| 6784 int ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 /* | |
| 6787 * max lines to search for an open paren | |
| 6788 */ | |
| 6789 int ind_maxparen = 20; | |
| 6790 | |
| 6791 /* | |
| 6792 * max lines to search for an open comment | |
| 6793 */ | |
| 6794 int ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 /* | |
| 6797 * handle braces for java code | |
| 6798 */ | |
| 6799 int ind_java = 0; | |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 /* | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6802 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6803 */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6804 int ind_js = 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6805 |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6806 /* |
| 7 | 6807 * handle blocked cases correctly |
| 6808 */ | |
| 6809 int ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
| 6810 | |
| 2857 | 6811 /* |
| 6812 * handle C++ namespace | |
| 6813 */ | |
| 6814 int ind_cpp_namespace = 0; | |
| 6815 | |
| 3454 | 6816 /* |
| 6817 * handle continuation lines containing conditions of if(), for() and | |
| 6818 * while() | |
| 6819 */ | |
| 6820 int ind_if_for_while = 0; | |
| 6821 | |
| 7 | 6822 pos_T cur_curpos; |
| 6823 int amount; | |
| 6824 int scope_amount; | |
| 834 | 6825 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 6826 colnr_T col; |
| 6827 char_u *theline; | |
| 6828 char_u *linecopy; | |
| 6829 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6830 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6831 pos_T our_paren_pos; | |
| 6832 char_u *start; | |
| 6833 int start_brace; | |
| 1532 | 6834 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
| 7 | 6835 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
| 6836 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 6837 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 6838 char_u *l; | |
| 6839 char_u *look; | |
| 6840 char_u terminated; | |
| 6841 int lookfor; | |
| 6842 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
| 6843 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
| 6844 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
| 6845 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
| 6846 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
| 6847 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
| 6848 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
| 6849 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
| 6850 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
| 6851 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
| 6852 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
| 6853 | |
| 6854 int whilelevel; | |
| 6855 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6856 char_u *options; | |
| 3578 | 6857 char_u *digits; |
| 7 | 6858 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */ |
| 6859 int divider; | |
| 6860 int n; | |
| 6861 int iscase; | |
| 6862 int lookfor_break; | |
| 2857 | 6863 int lookfor_cpp_namespace = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6864 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6865 int original_line_islabel; |
| 3123 | 6866 int added_to_amount = 0; |
| 7 | 6867 |
| 6868 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; ) | |
| 6869 { | |
| 6870 l = options++; | |
| 6871 if (*options == '-') | |
| 6872 ++options; | |
| 3578 | 6873 digits = options; /* remember where the digits start */ |
| 7 | 6874 n = getdigits(&options); |
| 6875 divider = 0; | |
| 6876 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
| 6877 { | |
| 6878 fraction = atol((char *)++options); | |
| 6879 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options)) | |
| 6880 { | |
| 6881 ++options; | |
| 6882 if (divider) | |
| 6883 divider *= 10; | |
| 6884 else | |
| 6885 divider = 10; | |
| 6886 } | |
| 6887 } | |
| 6888 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6889 { | |
| 3578 | 6890 if (options == digits) |
| 3740 | 6891 n = sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ |
| 7 | 6892 else |
| 6893 { | |
| 3740 | 6894 n *= sw; |
| 7 | 6895 if (divider) |
| 3740 | 6896 n += (sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; |
| 7 | 6897 } |
| 6898 ++options; | |
| 6899 } | |
| 6900 if (l[1] == '-') | |
| 6901 n = -n; | |
| 6902 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
| 1096 | 6903 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ |
| 7 | 6904 switch (*l) |
| 6905 { | |
| 6906 case '>': ind_level = n; break; | |
| 6907 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
| 6908 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
| 6909 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break; | |
| 6910 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
| 6911 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
| 6912 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6913 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break; |
| 7 | 6914 case ':': ind_case = n; break; |
| 6915 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break; | |
| 6916 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break; | |
| 6917 case 'p': ind_param = n; break; | |
| 6918 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break; | |
| 6919 case '/': ind_comment = n; break; | |
| 6920 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
| 6921 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
| 6922 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
| 6923 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break; | |
| 6924 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
| 6925 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
| 6926 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
| 6927 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
| 6928 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
| 6929 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
| 829 | 6930 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break; |
| 7 | 6931 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break; |
| 6932 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
| 6933 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
| 6934 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
| 6935 case 'j': ind_java = n; break; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6936 case 'J': ind_js = n; break; |
| 7 | 6937 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break; |
| 1096 | 6938 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break; |
| 2857 | 6939 case 'N': ind_cpp_namespace = n; break; |
| 3454 | 6940 case 'k': ind_if_for_while = n; break; |
| 7 | 6941 } |
|
2129
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6942 if (*options == ',') |
|
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6943 ++options; |
| 7 | 6944 } |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
| 6947 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6948 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6949 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6950 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6951 return 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6952 |
| 7 | 6953 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. |
| 6954 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
| 6955 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
| 6956 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
| 6957 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
| 6958 return 0; | |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 /* | |
| 6961 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
| 6962 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
| 6963 * inserting new stuff. | |
| 6964 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
| 6965 * check for that. | |
| 6966 */ | |
| 6967 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 1883 | 6968 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
| 7 | 6969 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
| 6970 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
| 6973 | |
| 6974 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
| 6975 | |
| 6976 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6977 | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6978 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6979 |
| 7 | 6980 /* |
| 6981 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 6982 */ | |
| 6983 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
| 6984 { | |
| 6985 amount = 0; | |
| 6986 } | |
| 6987 | |
| 6988 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6989 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless: |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6990 * - JS flag is set. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6991 * - 'L' item has a positive value. |
| 7 | 6992 */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6993 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0) |
| 7 | 6994 { |
| 6995 amount = 0; | |
| 6996 } | |
| 6997 | |
| 6998 /* | |
| 6999 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
| 7000 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
| 7001 */ | |
| 7002 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline) | |
| 7003 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 7004 { | |
| 7005 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 7006 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7007 amount = col; | |
| 7008 } | |
| 7009 | |
| 7010 /* | |
| 7011 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
| 7012 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
| 7013 */ | |
| 7014 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline) | |
| 7015 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 7016 { | |
| 7017 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
| 7018 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
| 7019 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
| 7020 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 7021 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 7022 char_u *p; | |
| 7023 int start_align = 0; | |
| 7024 int start_off = 0; | |
| 7025 int done = FALSE; | |
| 7026 | |
| 7027 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 7028 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7029 amount = col; | |
| 2764 | 7030 *lead_start = NUL; |
| 7031 *lead_middle = NUL; | |
| 7 | 7032 |
| 7033 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 7034 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7035 { | |
| 7036 int align = 0; | |
| 7037 int off = 0; | |
| 7038 int what = 0; | |
| 7039 | |
| 7040 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
| 7041 { | |
| 7042 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7043 what = *p++; | |
| 7044 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 7045 align = *p++; | |
| 7046 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
| 7047 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 7048 else | |
| 7049 ++p; | |
| 7050 } | |
| 7051 | |
| 7052 if (*p == ':') | |
| 7053 ++p; | |
| 7054 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 7055 if (what == COM_START) | |
| 7056 { | |
| 7057 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
| 7058 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
| 7059 start_off = off; | |
| 7060 start_align = align; | |
| 7061 } | |
| 7062 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7063 { | |
| 7064 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
| 7065 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 7066 } | |
| 7067 else if (what == COM_END) | |
| 7068 { | |
| 7069 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
| 7070 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
| 7071 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
| 7072 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
| 7073 { | |
| 7074 done = TRUE; | |
| 7075 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7076 { | |
| 7077 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
| 1532 | 7078 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
| 7 | 7079 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
| 7080 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
| 7081 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
| 7082 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
| 7083 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7084 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
| 7085 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
| 7086 { | |
| 7087 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7088 break; | |
| 7089 } | |
| 7090 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
| 7091 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
| 7092 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col, | |
| 7093 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) | |
| 7094 continue; | |
| 7095 } | |
| 7096 if (start_off != 0) | |
| 7097 amount += start_off; | |
| 7098 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7099 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7100 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7101 break; |
| 7102 } | |
| 7103 | |
| 7104 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
| 7105 * with the middle comment */ | |
| 7106 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
| 7107 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
| 7108 { | |
| 7109 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7110 /* XXX */ | |
| 7111 if (off != 0) | |
| 7112 amount += off; | |
| 7113 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7114 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7115 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7116 done = TRUE; |
| 7117 break; | |
| 7118 } | |
| 7119 } | |
| 7120 } | |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
| 7123 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
| 7124 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
| 7125 */ | |
| 7126 if (done) | |
| 7127 ; | |
| 7128 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
| 7129 amount += 1; | |
| 7130 else | |
| 7131 { | |
| 7132 /* | |
| 7133 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
| 7134 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
| 7135 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
| 7136 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
| 7137 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
| 7138 */ | |
| 7139 amount = -1; | |
| 7140 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7141 { | |
| 7142 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
| 7143 continue; | |
| 7144 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7145 break; | |
| 7146 } | |
| 7147 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
| 7148 { | |
| 7149 if (!ind_in_comment2) | |
| 7150 { | |
| 7151 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 7152 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
| 7153 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ | |
| 7154 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); | |
| 7155 } | |
| 7156 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7157 amount = col; | |
| 7158 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) | |
| 7159 amount += ind_in_comment; | |
| 7160 } | |
| 7161 } | |
| 7162 } | |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 /* | |
| 7165 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? | |
| 7166 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7167 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 7168 && ind_java == 0) | |
| 7169 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 7170 || trypos != NULL) | |
| 7171 { | |
| 7172 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
| 7173 { | |
| 7174 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
| 7175 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
| 7176 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7177 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7178 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
| 7179 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7180 else | |
| 7181 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 7182 } | |
| 7183 | |
| 7184 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7185 { | |
| 7186 /* | |
| 7187 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
| 7188 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
| 7189 */ | |
| 829 | 7190 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev) |
| 7191 { | |
| 7192 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7193 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
| 7194 } | |
| 7195 else | |
| 7196 { | |
| 7197 amount = -1; | |
| 7198 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
| 7199 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7 | 7200 { |
| 829 | 7201 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
| 7202 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
| 7203 continue; | |
| 7204 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
| 7205 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
| 7206 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7207 | |
| 7208 /* Skip a comment. XXX */ | |
| 7209 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7210 { | |
| 7211 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7212 continue; | |
| 7213 } | |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 /* XXX */ | |
| 7216 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 7217 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7 | 7218 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL |
| 829 | 7219 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
| 7220 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7221 { | |
| 7222 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
| 7225 { | |
| 7226 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
| 7227 && cur_amount > amount) | |
| 7228 cur_amount = amount; | |
| 7229 amount = -1; | |
| 7230 } | |
| 7231 break; | |
| 7232 } | |
| 7 | 7233 } |
| 7234 } | |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 /* | |
| 7237 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
| 7238 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
| 7239 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
| 7240 */ | |
| 7241 if (amount == -1) | |
| 7242 { | |
| 829 | 7243 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
| 3454 | 7244 int is_if_for_while = 0; |
| 7245 | |
| 7246 if (ind_if_for_while) | |
| 7247 { | |
| 7248 /* Look for the outermost opening parenthesis on this line | |
| 7249 * and check whether it belongs to an "if", "for" or "while". */ | |
| 7250 | |
| 7251 pos_T cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7252 pos_T outermost; | |
| 7253 char_u *line; | |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 trypos = &our_paren_pos; | |
| 7256 do { | |
| 7257 outermost = *trypos; | |
| 7258 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = outermost.lnum; | |
| 7259 curwin->w_cursor.col = outermost.col; | |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7262 } while (trypos && trypos->lnum == outermost.lnum); | |
| 7263 | |
| 7264 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 line = ml_get(outermost.lnum); | |
| 7267 | |
| 7268 is_if_for_while = | |
| 3461 | 7269 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, &outermost.col); |
| 3454 | 7270 } |
| 829 | 7271 |
| 7 | 7272 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment); |
| 829 | 7273 look = skipwhite(look); |
| 7274 if (*look == '(') | |
| 7275 { | |
| 7276 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7277 char_u *line; | |
| 7278 int look_col; | |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
| 7281 * our matching '('. */ | |
| 7282 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7283 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 7284 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
| 829 | 7285 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
| 7286 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7287 != NULL | |
| 7288 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
| 7289 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7290 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
| 7291 | |
| 7292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
| 7293 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
| 7294 } | |
| 3454 | 7295 if (theline[0] == ')' || (ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 829 | 7296 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' |
| 7297 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) | |
| 7 | 7298 { |
| 7299 /* | |
| 7300 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
| 7301 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
| 7302 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is | |
| 7303 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the | |
| 7304 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
| 7305 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long | |
| 7306 * lines). | |
| 7307 */ | |
| 7308 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
| 7309 { | |
| 7310 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
| 7311 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
| 7312 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped | |
| 7313 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) | |
| 7314 { | |
| 7315 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
| 7316 * for each additional level */ | |
| 7317 n = 1; | |
| 7318 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
| 7319 { | |
| 7320 switch (l[col]) | |
| 7321 { | |
| 7322 case '(': | |
| 7323 case '{': ++n; | |
| 7324 break; | |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 case ')': | |
| 7327 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
| 7328 --n; | |
| 7329 break; | |
| 7330 } | |
| 7331 } | |
| 7332 | |
| 7333 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
| 7334 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped; | |
| 7335 } | |
| 7336 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok) | |
| 7337 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7338 else | |
| 7339 { | |
| 7340 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
| 7341 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
| 7342 col++; | |
| 7343 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
| 7344 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
| 7345 else | |
| 7346 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7347 } | |
| 7348 } | |
| 7349 | |
| 7350 /* | |
| 7351 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
| 7352 * if we did the above "if". | |
| 7353 */ | |
| 7354 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
| 7355 { | |
| 7356 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7357 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
| 7358 cur_amount = col; | |
| 7359 } | |
| 7360 } | |
| 7361 | |
| 7362 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren) | |
| 7363 { | |
| 7364 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7365 } | |
| 3454 | 7366 else if ((ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 7367 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore | |
| 829 | 7368 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 7369 { |
| 7370 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
| 7371 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7372 } | |
| 7373 else | |
| 7374 { | |
| 829 | 7375 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but |
| 7376 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
| 7 | 7377 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 834 | 7378 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
| 7 | 7379 { |
| 7380 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7381 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
| 7382 { | |
| 7383 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7384 col = our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7385 break; | |
| 7386 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7387 col = MAXCOL; | |
| 7388 break; | |
| 7389 } | |
| 7390 } | |
| 7391 | |
| 7392 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside | |
| 7393 * braces */ | |
| 7394 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
| 7395 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7396 else | |
| 7397 { | |
| 7398 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7399 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 2762 | 7400 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL) |
| 7 | 7401 amount += ind_unclosed2; |
| 7402 else | |
| 3454 | 7403 { |
| 7404 if (is_if_for_while) | |
| 7405 amount += ind_if_for_while; | |
| 7406 else | |
| 7407 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7408 } | |
| 7 | 7409 } |
| 7410 /* | |
| 7411 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
| 7412 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
| 7413 * lines: | |
| 7414 * func_long_name( if (x | |
| 7415 * arg && yy | |
| 7416 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
| 7417 */ | |
| 7418 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
| 7419 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7420 } | |
| 7421 } | |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7424 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 7425 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 7426 } | |
| 7427 | |
| 7428 /* | |
| 7429 * Are we at least inside braces, then? | |
| 7430 */ | |
| 7431 else | |
| 7432 { | |
| 7433 trypos = tryposBrace; | |
| 7434 | |
| 7435 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7436 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
| 7437 | |
| 7438 /* | |
| 7439 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
| 7440 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
| 7441 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
| 7442 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
| 7443 */ | |
| 7444 look = skipwhite(start); | |
| 7445 if (*look == '{') | |
| 7446 { | |
| 7447 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7448 amount = col; | |
| 7449 if (*start == '{') | |
| 7450 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
| 7451 else | |
| 7452 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
| 7453 } | |
| 7454 else | |
| 7455 { | |
| 7456 /* | |
| 7457 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation | |
| 7458 * line. if so, find the start of the line. | |
| 7459 */ | |
| 7460 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7461 | |
| 7462 /* | |
| 7463 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7464 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7465 */ | |
| 7466 lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7467 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
| 7468 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7469 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7470 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 /* | |
| 7473 * It could have been something like | |
| 7474 * case 1: if (asdf && | |
| 7475 * ldfd) { | |
| 7476 * } | |
| 7477 */ | |
| 2879 | 7478 if (ind_js || (ind_keep_case_label |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7479 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE))) |
| 7 | 7480 amount = get_indent(); |
| 7481 else | |
| 7482 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7483 | |
| 7484 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
| 7485 } | |
| 7486 | |
| 7487 /* | |
| 7488 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where | |
| 7489 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room | |
| 7490 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
| 7491 */ | |
| 7492 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
| 7493 { | |
| 7494 /* | |
| 7495 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
| 7496 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
| 7497 */ | |
| 7498 amount += ind_close_extra; | |
| 7499 } | |
| 7500 else | |
| 7501 { | |
| 7502 /* | |
| 7503 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
| 7504 * to match it with. | |
| 7505 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
| 7506 * to match it with. | |
| 7507 */ | |
| 7508 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7509 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
| 7510 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
| 7511 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7512 /* XXX */ | |
| 7513 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; | |
| 7514 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
| 7515 { | |
| 7516 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
| 7517 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7518 ind_maxcomment) == OK) | |
| 7519 { | |
| 7520 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7521 goto theend; | |
| 7522 } | |
| 7523 } | |
| 7524 | |
| 7525 /* | |
| 7526 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
| 7527 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
| 7528 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
| 7529 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
| 7530 */ | |
| 7531 | |
| 7532 /* | |
| 7533 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
| 7534 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
| 7535 * location for ind_open_extra. | |
| 7536 */ | |
| 7537 | |
| 7538 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
| 7539 { | |
| 7540 amount = ind_open_left_imag; | |
| 2857 | 7541 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; |
| 7542 } | |
| 7543 else if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_START && | |
| 7544 lookfor_cpp_namespace) /* '{' is at start */ | |
| 7545 { | |
| 7546 | |
| 7547 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7548 } |
| 7549 else | |
| 7550 { | |
| 7551 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 2857 | 7552 { |
| 7 | 7553 amount += ind_open_imag; |
| 2857 | 7554 |
| 7555 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7556 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7557 amount += ind_cpp_namespace; | |
| 7558 } | |
| 7 | 7559 else |
| 7560 { | |
| 7561 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */ | |
| 7562 amount -= ind_open_extra; | |
| 7563 if (amount < 0) | |
| 7564 amount = 0; | |
| 7565 } | |
| 7566 } | |
| 7567 | |
| 7568 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
| 7569 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7570 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */ |
| 7 | 7571 { |
| 7572 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
| 7573 amount += ind_case; | |
| 7574 } | |
| 7575 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
| 7576 { | |
| 7577 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
| 7578 amount += ind_scopedecl; | |
| 7579 } | |
| 7580 else | |
| 7581 { | |
| 7582 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */ | |
| 7583 lookfor_break = TRUE; | |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7586 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */ | |
| 7587 } | |
| 7588 scope_amount = amount; | |
| 7589 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 7590 | |
| 7591 /* | |
| 7592 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
| 7593 * with that. | |
| 7594 * | |
| 7595 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent | |
| 7596 * the usual amount relative to the conditional | |
| 7597 * that opens the block. | |
| 7598 */ | |
| 7599 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7600 for (;;) | |
| 7601 { | |
| 7602 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 7603 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7604 | |
| 7605 /* | |
| 7606 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
| 7607 * up with it. | |
| 7608 */ | |
| 7609 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
| 7610 { | |
| 7611 /* we reached end of scope: | |
| 7612 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
| 7613 * go further back: | |
| 7614 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
| 7615 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
| 7616 * declaration: | |
| 7617 * int x, | |
| 7618 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
| 7619 */ | |
| 7620 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7621 { | |
| 7622 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7623 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7624 < ourscope - ind_maxparen) | |
| 7625 { | |
| 7626 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit) | |
| 7627 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
| 7628 * initialization) */ | |
| 7629 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7630 amount = cont_amount; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7631 else if (!ind_js) |
| 7 | 7632 amount += ind_continuation; |
| 7633 break; | |
| 7634 } | |
| 7635 | |
| 7636 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7637 | |
| 7638 /* | |
| 7639 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the | |
| 7640 * comment. | |
| 7641 */ | |
| 7642 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7643 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7644 { | |
| 7645 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7646 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7647 continue; |
| 7648 } | |
| 7649 | |
| 7650 /* | |
| 7651 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 7652 */ | |
| 7653 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7654 continue; | |
| 7655 | |
| 7656 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7657 continue; | |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7660 | |
| 7661 /* | |
| 7662 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
| 7663 * function declaration, we are done | |
| 7664 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
| 7665 */ | |
| 7666 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
| 3220 | 7667 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7668 0, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 7669 { |
| 7670 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
| 7671 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
| 7672 * don't add extra indent. | |
| 7673 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
| 7674 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
| 7675 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
| 7676 */ | |
| 7677 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7678 break; | |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
| 7681 * we are done. | |
| 7682 */ | |
| 7683 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
| 7684 break; | |
| 7685 | |
| 7686 /* nothing useful found */ | |
| 7687 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
| 7688 continue; | |
| 7689 } | |
| 7690 | |
| 7691 if (terminated != ';') | |
| 7692 { | |
| 7693 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
| 7694 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
| 7695 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7696 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7697 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7698 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
| 7699 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7700 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7701 | |
| 7702 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7703 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7704 | |
| 7705 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7706 { | |
| 7707 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7708 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7709 continue; |
| 7710 } | |
| 7711 } | |
| 7712 | |
| 7713 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
| 7714 * like in | |
| 7715 * int a, | |
| 7716 * b; | |
| 7717 */ | |
| 7718 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7719 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7720 else | |
| 7721 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7722 } | |
| 7723 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7724 { | |
| 7725 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7726 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7727 else | |
| 7728 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7729 } | |
| 3123 | 7730 else |
| 2857 | 7731 { |
| 3123 | 7732 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM |
| 7733 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 2857 | 7734 { |
| 3123 | 7735 amount = scope_amount; |
| 7736 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7737 { | |
| 7738 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7739 added_to_amount = ind_open_extra; | |
| 7740 } | |
| 2857 | 7741 } |
| 7742 | |
| 3123 | 7743 if (lookfor_cpp_namespace) |
| 2857 | 7744 { |
| 3123 | 7745 /* |
| 7746 * Looking for C++ namespace, need to look further | |
| 7747 * back. | |
| 7748 */ | |
| 7749 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7750 continue; | |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7753 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7754 < ourscope - FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM) | |
| 7755 break; | |
| 7756 | |
| 7757 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7758 | |
| 7759 /* If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of | |
| 7760 * the comment. */ | |
| 7761 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7762 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7763 { | |
| 7764 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7765 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7766 continue; | |
| 7767 } | |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 /* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. */ | |
| 7770 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7771 continue; | |
| 7772 | |
| 7773 /* Finally the actual check for "namespace". */ | |
| 7774 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7775 { | |
| 7776 amount += ind_cpp_namespace - added_to_amount; | |
| 7777 break; | |
| 7778 } | |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7781 continue; | |
| 2857 | 7782 } |
| 7 | 7783 } |
| 7784 break; | |
| 7785 } | |
| 7786 | |
| 7787 /* | |
| 7788 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 7789 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7790 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7791 { | |
| 7792 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7793 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7794 continue; |
| 7795 } | |
| 7796 | |
| 7797 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7798 | |
| 7799 /* | |
| 7800 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
| 827 | 7801 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
| 7 | 7802 */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7803 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE); |
| 7 | 7804 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7805 { | |
| 7806 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
| 7807 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
| 7808 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7809 break; | |
| 7810 | |
| 7811 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
| 7812 * labels. */ | |
| 7813 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7814 continue; | |
| 7815 | |
| 7816 /* | |
| 7817 * case xx: | |
| 7818 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
| 7819 *-> here; | |
| 7820 */ | |
| 7821 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7822 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7823 { | |
| 7824 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7825 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7826 else | |
| 7827 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7828 break; | |
| 7829 } | |
| 7830 | |
| 7831 /* | |
| 7832 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
| 7833 * x = 333; | |
| 7834 * case yy: | |
| 7835 */ | |
| 7836 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
| 7837 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
| 7838 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
| 7839 { | |
| 7840 /* | |
| 7841 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
| 7842 * switch() | |
| 7843 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7844 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) == | |
| 7845 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7846 { | |
| 7847 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7848 break; | |
| 7849 } | |
| 7850 continue; | |
| 7851 } | |
| 7852 | |
| 7853 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7854 | |
| 7855 /* | |
| 7856 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7857 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7858 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7859 * | |
| 7860 * case xx: | |
| 7861 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
| 7862 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7863 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7864 */ | |
| 7865 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7866 { | |
| 7867 if (n) | |
| 7868 amount = n; | |
| 7869 | |
| 7870 if (!lookfor_break) | |
| 7871 break; | |
| 7872 } | |
| 7873 | |
| 7874 /* | |
| 7875 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
| 7876 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7877 * | |
| 7878 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7879 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7880 */ | |
| 7881 if (n) | |
| 7882 { | |
| 7883 amount = n; | |
| 7884 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7885 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
| 829 | 7886 { |
| 7887 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7888 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7889 else | |
| 7890 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7891 } | |
| 7 | 7892 break; |
| 7893 } | |
| 7894 | |
| 7895 /* | |
| 7896 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
| 7897 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
| 7898 * switch label. | |
| 7899 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
| 7900 * case xx: | |
| 7901 * -> y = 1; | |
| 7902 */ | |
| 7903 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
| 7904 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code); | |
| 7905 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7906 continue; | |
| 7907 } | |
| 7908 | |
| 7909 /* | |
| 7910 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
| 7911 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
| 7912 */ | |
| 7913 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
| 7914 { | |
| 7915 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos = | |
| 7916 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7917 { |
| 7 | 7918 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
| 1550 | 7919 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7920 } | |
| 7 | 7921 continue; |
| 7922 } | |
| 7923 | |
| 7924 /* | |
| 7925 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
| 7926 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7927 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 7928 { |
| 7929 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7930 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7931 continue; | |
| 7932 } | |
| 7933 | |
| 7934 /* | |
| 7935 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
| 7936 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
| 7937 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
| 7938 * unlocked it) | |
| 7939 */ | |
| 7940 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7941 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 7942 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7943 continue; | |
| 7944 | |
| 7945 /* | |
| 7946 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 7947 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7948 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 827 | 7949 n = FALSE; |
| 7950 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) | |
| 7951 { | |
| 1336 | 7952 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 7953 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7954 } | |
| 7955 if (n) | |
| 7 | 7956 { |
| 7957 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7958 { | |
| 7959 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7960 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7961 else | |
| 7962 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7963 } | |
| 828 | 7964 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
| 7 | 7965 { |
| 828 | 7966 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
| 7967 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7968 ind_continuation = 0; | |
| 7969 continue; | |
| 7 | 7970 } |
| 7971 else | |
| 828 | 7972 /* XXX */ |
| 7973 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7974 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 7975 break; |
| 7976 } | |
| 7977 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7978 { | |
| 7979 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
| 827 | 7980 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
| 7981 */ | |
| 7 | 7982 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
| 7983 break; | |
| 7984 else | |
| 7985 continue; | |
| 7986 } | |
| 7987 | |
| 7988 /* | |
| 7989 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
| 7990 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
| 1224 | 7991 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
| 7 | 7992 * 123, |
| 7993 * sizeof | |
| 7994 * here | |
| 7995 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
| 7996 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
| 7997 * (indented). | |
| 7998 */ | |
| 7999 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 8000 | |
| 8001 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8002 && terminated == ',')) | |
| 8003 { | |
| 8004 /* | |
| 8005 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
| 8006 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
| 8007 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
| 8008 * if ( foo && | |
| 8009 * bar ) | |
| 8010 */ | |
| 8011 /* | |
| 8012 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8013 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8014 */ | |
| 8015 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 8016 trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 8017 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 8018 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 8019 | |
| 8020 /* | |
| 8021 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
| 8022 * braces. | |
| 8023 */ | |
| 828 | 8024 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
| 8025 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7 | 8026 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); |
| 8027 | |
| 8028 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 8029 { | |
| 8030 /* | |
| 8031 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8032 * handled above. | |
| 8033 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8034 * asdf) | |
| 8035 */ | |
| 1550 | 8036 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8037 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8038 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8039 { |
| 8040 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8041 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8042 continue; |
| 8043 } | |
| 8044 } | |
| 8045 | |
| 8046 /* | |
| 8047 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
| 8048 * indent from | |
| 8049 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
| 8050 * bla", | |
| 8051 * here; | |
| 8052 */ | |
| 8053 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8054 { | |
| 8055 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8056 { | |
| 8057 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8058 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8059 break; | |
| 8060 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8061 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8062 } |
| 8063 } | |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 /* | |
| 8066 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8067 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
| 8068 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8069 if (!ind_js) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8070 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7 | 8071 &l, ind_maxcomment); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8072 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8073 cur_amount = get_indent(); |
| 7 | 8074 /* |
| 8075 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
| 8076 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
| 8077 * while (not) | |
| 8078 * -> { | |
| 8079 * } | |
| 8080 */ | |
| 8081 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8082 && theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8083 { | |
| 8084 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8085 /* | |
| 8086 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line | |
| 8087 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match | |
| 8088 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
| 8089 * { 1, 2 }, | |
| 8090 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
| 8091 */ | |
| 8092 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
| 8093 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8094 | |
| 8095 if (ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 8096 { | |
| 8097 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
| 8098 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
| 8099 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8100 continue; | |
| 8101 } | |
| 8102 break; | |
| 8103 } | |
| 8104 | |
| 8105 /* | |
| 8106 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
| 8107 * Also allow " } else". | |
| 8108 */ | |
| 8109 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
| 8110 { | |
| 8111 /* | |
| 8112 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
| 8113 * with the last one. | |
| 8114 * if (cond) | |
| 8115 * 100 + | |
| 8116 * -> here; | |
| 8117 */ | |
| 8118 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8119 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8120 { | |
| 8121 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8122 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8123 else | |
| 8124 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8125 break; | |
| 8126 } | |
| 8127 | |
| 8128 /* | |
| 8129 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
| 8130 * are finished. | |
| 8131 * while (not) | |
| 8132 * -> here; | |
| 8133 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
| 8134 * before this is terminated. | |
| 8135 * yyy; | |
| 8136 * if (stat) | |
| 8137 * while (not) | |
| 8138 * xxx; | |
| 8139 * -> here; | |
| 8140 */ | |
| 8141 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8142 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8143 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8144 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8145 { | |
| 8146 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 8147 break; | |
| 8148 } | |
| 8149 | |
| 8150 /* | |
| 8151 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
| 8152 * do, line up with the while() | |
| 8153 * do | |
| 8154 * x = 1; | |
| 8155 * -> here | |
| 8156 */ | |
| 8157 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8158 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8159 { | |
| 8160 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8161 break; | |
| 8162 --whilelevel; | |
| 8163 } | |
| 8164 | |
| 8165 /* | |
| 8166 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
| 2855 | 8167 * one between the "if" and the matching "else". |
| 7 | 8168 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8169 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8170 */ | |
| 2855 | 8171 if (cin_iselse(l) && whilelevel == 0) |
| 8172 { | |
| 8173 /* If we're looking at "} else", let's make sure we | |
| 8174 * find the opening brace of the enclosing scope, | |
| 8175 * not the one from "if () {". */ | |
| 8176 if (*l == '}') | |
| 8177 curwin->w_cursor.col = | |
| 2861 | 8178 (colnr_T)(l - ml_get_curline()) + 1; |
| 2855 | 8179 |
| 8180 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8181 == NULL | |
| 7 | 8182 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, |
| 2855 | 8183 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) |
| 8184 break; | |
| 8185 } | |
| 7 | 8186 } |
| 8187 | |
| 8188 /* | |
| 8189 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
| 8190 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
| 1224 | 8191 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
| 7 | 8192 * the line before this one. |
| 8193 */ | |
| 8194 else | |
| 8195 { | |
| 8196 /* | |
| 8197 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
| 8198 * the last one. | |
| 8199 * c = 99 + | |
| 8200 * 100 + | |
| 8201 * -> here; | |
| 8202 */ | |
| 8203 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 8204 { | |
| 8205 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
| 8206 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8207 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8208 break; | |
| 8209 } | |
| 8210 | |
| 8211 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8212 { | |
| 8213 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
| 8214 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
| 8215 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
| 8216 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
| 8217 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
| 8218 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8219 { | |
| 8220 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) | |
| 8221 break; | |
| 8222 | |
| 8223 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8224 continue; | |
| 8225 } | |
| 8226 | |
| 8227 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
| 8228 * reduce indent. */ | |
| 8229 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
| 8230 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8231 } | |
| 8232 else | |
| 8233 { | |
| 8234 /* | |
| 8235 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
| 8236 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
| 8237 * 100 + | |
| 8238 * -> here; | |
| 8239 */ | |
| 8240 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8241 | |
| 8242 /* | |
| 8243 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
| 8244 * are in an initialization or enum | |
| 8245 * struct xxx = | |
| 8246 * { | |
| 8247 * sizeof a, | |
| 8248 * 124 }; | |
| 8249 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
| 8250 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
| 8251 * yet. | |
| 8252 */ | |
| 8253 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
| 8254 { | |
| 8255 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
| 8256 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8257 } | |
| 8258 else | |
| 8259 { | |
| 8260 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
| 8261 && *l != NUL | |
| 8262 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8263 /* XXX */ | |
| 8264 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
| 8265 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8266 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8267 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 8268 } | |
| 8269 } | |
| 8270 } | |
| 8271 } | |
| 8272 | |
| 8273 /* | |
| 8274 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
| 8275 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
| 8276 */ | |
| 8277 /* XXX */ | |
| 829 | 8278 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, |
| 8279 ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8280 { |
| 8281 /* | |
| 8282 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
| 8283 * with the last one. | |
| 8284 * while (cond); | |
| 8285 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
| 8286 * -> here; | |
| 8287 */ | |
| 8288 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8289 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8290 { | |
| 8291 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8292 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8293 else | |
| 8294 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8295 break; | |
| 8296 } | |
| 8297 | |
| 8298 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8299 { | |
| 8300 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8301 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8302 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8303 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8304 } | |
| 8305 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8306 } | |
| 8307 | |
| 8308 /* | |
| 8309 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
| 8310 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
| 8311 * indent of that other statement. | |
| 8312 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
| 8313 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
| 8314 */ | |
| 8315 else | |
| 8316 { | |
| 8317 /* | |
| 8318 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
| 8319 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
| 8320 */ | |
| 8321 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
| 8322 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
| 8323 { | |
| 8324 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 8325 continue; | |
| 8326 } | |
| 8327 | |
| 8328 /* | |
| 8329 * Handle "do {" line. | |
| 8330 */ | |
| 8331 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 8332 { | |
| 8333 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8334 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8335 { | |
| 8336 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8337 --whilelevel; | |
| 8338 continue; | |
| 8339 } | |
| 8340 } | |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 /* | |
| 8343 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
| 8344 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
| 8345 * x = 1; | |
| 8346 * y = foo + | |
| 8347 * -> here; | |
| 8348 * or | |
| 8349 * int x = 1; | |
| 8350 * int foo, | |
| 8351 * -> here; | |
| 8352 */ | |
| 8353 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8354 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8355 { | |
| 8356 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8357 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8358 else | |
| 8359 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8360 break; | |
| 8361 } | |
| 8362 | |
| 8363 /* | |
| 8364 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
| 8365 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
| 8366 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
| 8367 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
| 8368 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
| 8369 * here; | |
| 8370 * ->foo; | |
| 8371 */ | |
| 8372 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8373 { | |
| 8374 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8375 break; | |
| 8376 } | |
| 8377 | |
| 8378 /* | |
| 8379 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
| 8380 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
| 8381 * a terminated line. | |
| 8382 */ | |
| 8383 else | |
| 8384 { | |
| 8385 /* | |
| 8386 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
| 8387 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
| 8388 * the line. Helps for: | |
| 8389 * func(asdr, | |
| 8390 * asdfasdf); | |
| 8391 * here; | |
| 8392 */ | |
| 8393 term_again: | |
| 8394 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8395 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8396 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8397 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8398 { | |
| 8399 /* | |
| 8400 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8401 * handled above. | |
| 8402 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8403 * asdf) | |
| 8404 */ | |
| 1550 | 8405 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8406 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8407 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8408 { |
| 8409 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8410 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8411 continue; |
| 8412 } | |
| 8413 } | |
| 8414 | |
| 8415 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
| 8416 * with a statement after it. | |
| 8417 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
| 8418 * stat; | |
| 8419 * } | |
| 8420 * case 2: | |
| 8421 * stat; | |
| 8422 * } | |
| 8423 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8424 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE)); |
| 7 | 8425 |
| 8426 /* | |
| 8427 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8428 * ignoring any jump label. | |
| 8429 */ | |
| 8430 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8431 &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 8432 | |
| 8433 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8434 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8435 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */ | |
| 827 | 8436 l = skipwhite(l); |
| 8437 if (*l == '{') | |
| 7 | 8438 amount -= ind_open_extra; |
| 8439 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8440 | |
| 8441 /* | |
| 827 | 8442 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
| 8443 * the matching "if": | |
| 8444 * else 3; | |
| 856 | 8445 * indent this; |
| 827 | 8446 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8447 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8448 */ | |
| 8449 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8450 && *l != '}' | |
| 8451 && cin_iselse(l) | |
| 8452 && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8453 { | |
| 8454 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8455 == NULL | |
| 8456 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
| 8457 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) | |
| 8458 break; | |
| 8459 continue; | |
| 8460 } | |
| 8461 | |
| 8462 /* | |
| 7 | 8463 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
| 8464 * that block. | |
| 8465 */ | |
| 3172 | 8466 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 2953 | 8467 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') |
| 7 | 8468 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 8469 != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 8470 { | |
| 1550 | 8471 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8472 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
| 8473 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
| 8474 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8475 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
| 8476 goto term_again; | |
| 8477 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8478 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8479 } |
| 8480 } | |
| 8481 } | |
| 8482 } | |
| 8483 } | |
| 8484 } | |
| 8485 | |
| 8486 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8487 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8488 amount += ind_comment; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8489 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8490 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8491 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel) |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8492 amount -= ind_jump_label; |
| 7 | 8493 } |
| 8494 | |
| 8495 /* | |
| 8496 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
| 8497 * | |
| 8498 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
| 8499 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
| 8500 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
| 8501 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
| 8502 */ | |
| 8503 else | |
| 8504 { | |
| 8505 /* | |
| 8506 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
| 8507 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
| 8508 * of a function | |
| 8509 */ | |
| 8510 | |
| 8511 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8512 { | |
| 8513 amount = ind_first_open; | |
| 8514 } | |
| 8515 | |
| 8516 /* | |
| 8517 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 8518 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8519 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8520 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8521 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" |
| 7 | 8522 */ |
| 8523 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 8524 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8525 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8526 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL |
| 7 | 8527 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) |
| 8528 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 3220 | 8529 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1, |
| 8530 cur_curpos.lnum + 1, | |
| 8531 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 7 | 8532 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) |
| 8533 { | |
| 8534 amount = ind_func_type; | |
| 8535 } | |
| 8536 else | |
| 8537 { | |
| 8538 amount = 0; | |
| 8539 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8540 | |
| 8541 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
| 8542 | |
| 8543 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8544 { | |
| 8545 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8546 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8547 | |
| 8548 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8549 | |
| 8550 /* | |
| 8551 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 8552 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 8553 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8554 { | |
| 8555 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 8556 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8557 continue; |
| 8558 } | |
| 8559 | |
| 8560 /* | |
| 827 | 8561 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or |
| 8562 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7 | 8563 */ /* XXX */ |
| 827 | 8564 n = FALSE; |
| 8565 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') | |
| 8566 { | |
| 1336 | 8567 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 8568 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 8569 } | |
| 8570 if (n) | |
| 7 | 8571 { |
| 828 | 8572 /* XXX */ |
| 8573 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 8574 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 8575 break; |
| 8576 } | |
| 8577 | |
| 8578 /* | |
| 8579 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 8580 */ | |
| 8581 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8582 continue; | |
| 8583 | |
| 8584 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8585 continue; | |
| 8586 | |
| 8587 /* | |
| 8588 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
| 8589 * indentation: | |
| 8590 * int foo, | |
| 8591 * bar; | |
| 8592 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
| 8593 * enum foobar | |
| 8594 * { | |
| 8595 * ... | |
| 8596 * } foo, | |
| 8597 * bar; | |
| 8598 */ | |
| 8599 n = 0; | |
| 8600 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8601 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
| 8602 { | |
| 8603 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
| 8604 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8605 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8606 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8607 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8608 |
| 8609 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
| 8610 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
| 8611 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
| 8612 * bla", | |
| 8613 * here; | |
| 8614 */ | |
| 8615 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8616 { | |
| 8617 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8618 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8619 break; | |
| 8620 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8621 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8622 } |
| 8623 | |
| 8624 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8625 | |
| 8626 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8627 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8628 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8629 amount = ind_continuation; | |
| 8630 break; | |
| 8631 } | |
| 8632 | |
| 8633 /* | |
| 8634 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
| 8635 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
| 8636 */ | |
| 3220 | 8637 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum, 0, |
| 8638 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */ | |
| 7 | 8639 break; |
| 8640 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8641 | |
| 8642 /* | |
| 8643 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
| 8644 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
| 8645 */ | |
| 8646 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
| 8647 break; | |
| 8648 | |
| 8649 /* (matching {) | |
| 8650 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
| 8651 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
| 8652 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
| 8653 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
| 8654 */ | |
| 8655 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
| 8656 break; | |
| 8657 | |
| 8658 /* | |
| 3186 | 8659 * Find a line only has a semicolon that belongs to a previous |
| 8660 * line ending in '}', e.g. before an #endif. Don't increase | |
| 8661 * indent then. | |
| 8662 */ | |
| 8663 if (*(look = skipwhite(l)) == ';' && cin_nocode(look + 1)) | |
| 8664 { | |
| 8665 pos_T curpos_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8666 | |
| 8667 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8668 { | |
| 8669 look = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8670 if (!(cin_nocode(look) || cin_ispreproc_cont( | |
| 8671 &look, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 8672 break; | |
| 8673 } | |
| 8674 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 0 | |
| 8675 && cin_ends_in(look, (char_u *)"}", NULL)) | |
| 8676 break; | |
| 8677 | |
| 8678 curwin->w_cursor = curpos_save; | |
| 8679 } | |
| 8680 | |
| 8681 /* | |
| 7 | 8682 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current |
| 8683 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
| 8684 * parameters. | |
| 8685 */ | |
| 3220 | 8686 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, |
| 8687 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8688 { |
| 8689 amount = ind_param; | |
| 8690 break; | |
| 8691 } | |
| 8692 | |
| 8693 /* | |
| 8694 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
| 8695 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
| 8696 * int foo, | |
| 8697 * bar; | |
| 8698 * indent_to_0 here; | |
| 8699 */ | |
| 828 | 8700 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) |
| 7 | 8701 { |
| 8702 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8703 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8704 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
| 8705 break; | |
| 8706 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8707 } | |
| 8708 | |
| 8709 /* | |
| 8710 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
| 8711 * use the indent of this line. | |
| 8712 * | |
| 8713 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8714 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8715 */ | |
| 8716 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 8717 | |
| 8718 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8719 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8720 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8721 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ |
| 8722 break; | |
| 8723 } | |
| 8724 | |
| 8725 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8726 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8727 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 8728 | |
| 8729 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
| 8730 * "asdfasdf\ | |
| 8731 * here"; | |
| 8732 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
| 8733 * here"; | |
| 8734 */ | |
| 8735 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
| 8736 { | |
| 8737 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8738 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8739 { | |
| 8740 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8741 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
| 8742 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8743 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
| 8744 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8745 } | |
| 8746 } | |
| 8747 } | |
| 8748 } | |
| 8749 | |
| 8750 theend: | |
| 8751 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 8752 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8753 | |
| 8754 vim_free(linecopy); | |
| 8755 | |
| 8756 if (amount < 0) | |
| 8757 return 0; | |
| 8758 return amount; | |
| 8759 } | |
| 8760 | |
| 8761 static int | |
| 8762 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 8763 int lookfor; | |
| 8764 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 8765 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 8766 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 8767 { | |
| 8768 char_u *look; | |
| 8769 pos_T *theirscope; | |
| 8770 char_u *mightbeif; | |
| 8771 int elselevel; | |
| 8772 int whilelevel; | |
| 8773 | |
| 8774 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8775 { | |
| 8776 elselevel = 1; | |
| 8777 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8778 } | |
| 8779 else | |
| 8780 { | |
| 8781 elselevel = 0; | |
| 8782 whilelevel = 1; | |
| 8783 } | |
| 8784 | |
| 8785 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8786 | |
| 8787 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
| 8788 { | |
| 8789 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8790 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8791 | |
| 8792 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8793 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
| 8794 || cin_isif(look) | |
| 8795 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
| 8796 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8797 { | |
| 8798 /* | |
| 8799 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
| 8800 * we must be out of scope... | |
| 8801 */ | |
| 8802 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ | |
| 8803 if (theirscope == NULL) | |
| 8804 break; | |
| 8805 | |
| 8806 /* | |
| 8807 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
| 8808 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
| 8809 * out of luck too. | |
| 8810 */ | |
| 8811 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
| 8812 break; | |
| 8813 | |
| 8814 /* | |
| 8815 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
| 8816 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
| 8817 * different scope... | |
| 8818 */ | |
| 8819 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
| 8820 continue; | |
| 8821 | |
| 8822 /* | |
| 8823 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
| 8824 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
| 8825 * increment elselevel | |
| 8826 */ | |
| 8827 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8828 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
| 8829 { | |
| 8830 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
| 8831 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
| 8832 ++elselevel; | |
| 8833 continue; | |
| 8834 } | |
| 8835 | |
| 8836 /* | |
| 8837 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
| 8838 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
| 8839 */ | |
| 8840 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8841 { | |
| 8842 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8843 continue; | |
| 8844 } | |
| 8845 | |
| 8846 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
| 8847 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8848 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
| 8849 { | |
| 8850 elselevel--; | |
| 8851 /* | |
| 8852 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
| 8853 * get in the way. | |
| 8854 */ | |
| 8855 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8856 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8857 } | |
| 8858 | |
| 8859 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
| 8860 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
| 8861 whilelevel--; | |
| 8862 | |
| 8863 /* | |
| 8864 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
| 8865 * this must be the if that we want! | |
| 8866 * match the indent level of that if. | |
| 8867 */ | |
| 8868 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
| 8869 { | |
| 8870 return OK; | |
| 8871 } | |
| 8872 } | |
| 8873 } | |
| 8874 return FAIL; | |
| 8875 } | |
| 8876 | |
| 8877 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8878 /* | |
| 8879 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
| 8880 */ | |
| 8881 int | |
| 8882 get_expr_indent() | |
| 8883 { | |
| 8884 int indent; | |
| 4117 | 8885 pos_T save_pos; |
| 8886 colnr_T save_curswant; | |
| 8887 int save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8888 int save_State; |
| 681 | 8889 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
| 8890 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 7 | 8891 |
| 4117 | 8892 /* Save and restore cursor position and curswant, in case it was changed |
| 8893 * via :normal commands */ | |
| 8894 save_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8895 save_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 8896 save_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8897 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); |
| 634 | 8898 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8899 ++sandbox; | |
| 8900 ++textlock; | |
| 7 | 8901 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
| 634 | 8902 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8903 --sandbox; | |
| 8904 --textlock; | |
| 7 | 8905 |
| 8906 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
| 8907 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
| 8908 * command. */ | |
| 8909 save_State = State; | |
| 8910 State = INSERT; | |
| 4117 | 8911 curwin->w_cursor = save_pos; |
| 8912 curwin->w_curswant = save_curswant; | |
| 8913 curwin->w_set_curswant = save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8914 check_cursor(); |
| 8915 State = save_State; | |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
| 8918 if (indent < 0) | |
| 8919 indent = get_indent(); | |
| 8920 | |
| 8921 return indent; | |
| 8922 } | |
| 8923 # endif | |
| 8924 | |
| 8925 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8926 | |
| 8927 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8928 | |
| 8929 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 8930 | |
| 8931 static int | |
| 8932 lisp_match(p) | |
| 8933 char_u *p; | |
| 8934 { | |
| 8935 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
| 8936 int len; | |
| 8937 char_u *word = p_lispwords; | |
| 8938 | |
| 8939 while (*word != NUL) | |
| 8940 { | |
| 8941 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 8942 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 8943 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
| 8944 return TRUE; | |
| 8945 } | |
| 8946 return FALSE; | |
| 8947 } | |
| 8948 | |
| 8949 /* | |
| 8950 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
| 8951 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
| 8952 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
| 8953 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
| 8954 * | |
| 8955 * TODO: | |
| 8956 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
| 8957 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
| 8958 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
| 8959 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
| 8960 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
| 8961 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
| 14 | 8962 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
| 8963 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
| 7 | 8964 */ |
| 8965 int | |
| 8966 get_lisp_indent() | |
| 8967 { | |
| 14 | 8968 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
| 7 | 8969 int amount; |
| 8970 char_u *that; | |
| 8971 colnr_T col; | |
| 8972 colnr_T firsttry; | |
| 8973 int parencount, quotecount; | |
| 8974 int vi_lisp; | |
| 8975 | |
| 8976 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
| 8977 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
| 8978 | |
| 8979 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8980 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8981 | |
| 14 | 8982 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
| 8983 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8984 else | |
| 8985 { | |
| 8986 paren = *pos; | |
| 8987 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8988 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
| 8989 pos = &paren; | |
| 8990 } | |
| 8991 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 7 | 8992 { |
| 8993 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
| 8994 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
| 8995 amount = -1; | |
| 8996 parencount = 0; | |
| 8997 | |
| 8998 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
| 8999 { | |
| 9000 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 9001 continue; | |
| 9002 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
| 9003 { | |
| 9004 if (*that == ';') | |
| 9005 { | |
| 9006 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9007 ++that; | |
| 9008 continue; | |
| 9009 } | |
| 9010 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 9011 { | |
| 9012 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9013 ++that; | |
| 9014 continue; | |
| 9015 } | |
| 9016 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9017 { | |
| 983 | 9018 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
| 9019 { | |
| 9020 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
| 9021 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 9022 { | |
| 9023 if (*++that == NUL) | |
| 9024 break; | |
| 9025 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
| 9026 { | |
| 9027 ++that; | |
| 9028 break; | |
| 9029 } | |
| 9030 } | |
| 9031 } | |
| 7 | 9032 } |
| 14 | 9033 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9034 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9035 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 7 | 9036 --parencount; |
| 9037 } | |
| 9038 if (parencount == 0) | |
| 9039 { | |
| 9040 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 9041 break; | |
| 9042 } | |
| 9043 } | |
| 9044 | |
| 9045 if (amount == -1) | |
| 9046 { | |
| 9047 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 9048 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
| 9049 col = pos->col; | |
| 9050 | |
| 9051 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 9052 | |
| 9053 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
| 9054 amount = 2; | |
| 9055 else | |
| 9056 { | |
| 9057 amount = 0; | |
| 9058 while (*that && col) | |
| 9059 { | |
| 9060 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9061 col--; | |
| 9062 } | |
| 9063 | |
| 9064 /* | |
| 9065 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
| 9066 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
| 9067 * | |
| 9068 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
| 9069 * (...)) of (...)) | |
| 9070 */ | |
| 9071 | |
| 14 | 9072 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9073 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
| 7 | 9074 amount += 2; |
| 9075 else | |
| 9076 { | |
| 9077 that++; | |
| 9078 amount++; | |
| 9079 firsttry = amount; | |
| 9080 | |
| 9081 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9082 { | |
| 9083 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9084 ++that; | |
| 9085 } | |
| 9086 | |
| 9087 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
| 9088 { | |
| 1532 | 9089 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
| 7 | 9090 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
| 14 | 9091 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
| 7 | 9092 firsttry++; |
| 9093 | |
| 9094 parencount = 0; | |
| 9095 quotecount = 0; | |
| 9096 | |
| 9097 if (vi_lisp | |
| 9098 || (*that != '"' | |
| 9099 && *that != '\'' | |
| 9100 && *that != '#' | |
| 9101 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
| 9102 { | |
| 9103 while (*that | |
| 9104 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
| 9105 || quotecount | |
| 9106 || parencount) | |
| 14 | 9107 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9108 && !quotecount |
| 9109 && !parencount | |
| 9110 && vi_lisp))) | |
| 9111 { | |
| 9112 if (*that == '"') | |
| 9113 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
| 14 | 9114 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9115 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9116 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9117 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 9118 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9119 --parencount; |
| 9120 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
| 9121 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 9122 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9123 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 9124 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9125 } | |
| 9126 } | |
| 9127 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9128 { | |
| 9129 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9130 that++; | |
| 9131 } | |
| 9132 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
| 9133 amount = firsttry; | |
| 9134 } | |
| 9135 } | |
| 9136 } | |
| 9137 } | |
| 9138 } | |
| 9139 else | |
| 14 | 9140 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
| 7 | 9141 |
| 9142 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
| 9143 | |
| 9144 return amount; | |
| 9145 } | |
| 9146 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
| 9147 | |
| 9148 void | |
| 9149 prepare_to_exit() | |
| 9150 { | |
| 39 | 9151 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
| 9152 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
| 9153 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
| 9154 * problems. */ | |
| 36 | 9155 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
| 9156 #endif | |
| 9157 | |
| 7 | 9158 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 9159 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9160 { | |
| 9161 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 9162 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
| 9163 } | |
| 9164 else | |
| 9165 #endif | |
| 9166 { | |
| 9167 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
| 9168 | |
| 9169 /* | |
| 9170 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
| 9171 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
| 9172 */ | |
| 9173 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
| 9174 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9175 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
| 9176 #endif | |
| 9177 stoptermcap(); | |
| 9178 out_flush(); | |
| 9179 } | |
| 9180 } | |
| 9181 | |
| 9182 /* | |
| 9183 * Preserve files and exit. | |
| 9184 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
| 5338 | 9185 * NOTE: This may be called from deathtrap() in a signal handler, avoid unsafe |
| 9186 * functions, such as allocating memory. | |
| 7 | 9187 */ |
| 9188 void | |
| 9189 preserve_exit() | |
| 9190 { | |
| 9191 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9192 | |
| 9193 prepare_to_exit(); | |
| 9194 | |
| 625 | 9195 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
| 9196 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
| 9197 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
| 9198 | |
| 7 | 9199 out_str(IObuff); |
| 9200 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9201 out_flush(); | |
| 9202 | |
| 9203 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
| 9204 | |
| 9205 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 9206 { | |
| 9207 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
| 9208 { | |
| 5338 | 9209 OUT_STR("Vim: preserving files...\n"); |
| 7 | 9210 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ |
| 9211 out_flush(); | |
| 9212 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 9213 break; | |
| 9214 } | |
| 9215 } | |
| 9216 | |
| 9217 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
| 9218 | |
| 5338 | 9219 OUT_STR("Vim: Finished.\n"); |
| 7 | 9220 |
| 9221 getout(1); | |
| 9222 } | |
| 9223 | |
| 9224 /* | |
| 9225 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
| 9226 */ | |
| 9227 int | |
| 9228 vim_fexists(fname) | |
| 9229 char_u *fname; | |
| 9230 { | |
| 9231 struct stat st; | |
| 9232 | |
| 9233 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
| 9234 return FALSE; | |
| 9235 return TRUE; | |
| 9236 } | |
| 9237 | |
| 9238 /* | |
| 9239 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
| 9240 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
| 9241 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
| 9242 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
| 9243 */ | |
| 9244 | |
| 9245 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
| 9246 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
| 9247 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
| 9248 # else | |
| 9249 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
| 9250 # endif | |
| 9251 #endif | |
| 9252 | |
| 9253 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9254 | |
| 9255 void | |
| 9256 line_breakcheck() | |
| 9257 { | |
| 9258 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
| 9259 { | |
| 9260 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9261 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9262 } | |
| 9263 } | |
| 9264 | |
| 9265 /* | |
| 9266 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
| 9267 */ | |
| 9268 void | |
| 9269 fast_breakcheck() | |
| 9270 { | |
| 9271 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
| 9272 { | |
| 9273 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9274 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9275 } | |
| 9276 } | |
| 9277 | |
| 9278 /* | |
| 2016 | 9279 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
| 9280 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
| 9281 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
| 9282 */ | |
| 9283 int | |
| 9284 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9285 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
| 9286 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9287 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9288 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9289 { | |
| 9290 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 9291 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
| 9292 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
| 9293 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
| 9294 int usedlen; | |
| 9295 | |
| 9296 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
| 9297 { | |
| 9298 ++emsg_off; | |
| 9299 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
| 9300 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
| 9301 --emsg_off; | |
| 9302 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9303 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
| 9304 } | |
| 9305 | |
| 9306 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
| 9307 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9308 | |
| 9309 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9310 { | |
| 9311 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
| 9312 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
| 9313 } | |
| 9314 | |
| 9315 return ret; | |
| 9316 } | |
| 9317 | |
| 9318 /* | |
| 7 | 9319 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
| 9320 * 'wildignore'. | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9321 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set. |
| 7 | 9322 */ |
| 9323 int | |
| 9324 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9325 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 9326 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 9327 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9328 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9329 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9330 { | |
| 9331 int retval; | |
| 9332 int i, j; | |
| 9333 char_u *p; | |
| 9334 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
| 9335 | |
| 9336 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9337 | |
| 9338 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9339 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL) |
| 7 | 9340 return retval; |
| 9341 | |
| 9342 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
| 9343 /* | |
| 9344 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
| 9345 */ | |
| 9346 if (*p_wig) | |
| 9347 { | |
| 9348 char_u *ffname; | |
| 9349 | |
| 9350 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
| 9351 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9352 { | |
| 9353 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
| 9354 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 9355 break; | |
| 9356 # ifdef VMS | |
| 9357 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
| 9358 # endif | |
| 9359 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
| 9360 { | |
| 9361 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
| 9362 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
| 9363 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
| 9364 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
| 9365 --*num_file; | |
| 9366 --i; | |
| 9367 } | |
| 9368 vim_free(ffname); | |
| 9369 } | |
| 9370 } | |
| 9371 #endif | |
| 9372 | |
| 9373 /* | |
| 9374 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
| 9375 */ | |
| 9376 if (*num_file > 1) | |
| 9377 { | |
| 9378 non_suf_match = 0; | |
| 9379 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9380 { | |
| 9381 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
| 9382 { | |
| 9383 /* | |
| 9384 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
| 9385 * of the list. | |
| 9386 */ | |
| 9387 p = (*file)[i]; | |
| 9388 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
| 9389 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
| 9390 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
| 9391 } | |
| 9392 } | |
| 9393 } | |
| 9394 | |
| 9395 return retval; | |
| 9396 } | |
| 9397 | |
| 9398 /* | |
| 9399 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
| 9400 */ | |
| 9401 int | |
| 9402 match_suffix(fname) | |
| 9403 char_u *fname; | |
| 9404 { | |
| 9405 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
| 9406 char_u *setsuf; | |
| 9407 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
| 9408 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
| 9409 | |
| 9410 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
| 9411 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9412 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
| 9413 { | |
| 9414 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
| 1937 | 9415 if (setsuflen == 0) |
| 9416 { | |
| 9417 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
| 9418 | |
| 9419 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
| 9420 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
| 9421 { | |
| 9422 setsuflen = 1; | |
| 9423 break; | |
| 9424 } | |
| 9425 } | |
| 9426 else | |
| 9427 { | |
| 9428 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
| 9429 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
| 9430 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
| 9431 break; | |
| 9432 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9433 } | |
| 7 | 9434 } |
| 9435 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
| 9436 } | |
| 9437 | |
| 9438 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9439 | |
| 9440 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9441 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 9442 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
| 9443 # endif | |
| 9444 | |
| 9445 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
| 9446 /* | |
| 9447 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
| 9448 * it's shared between these systems. | |
| 9449 */ | |
| 9450 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9451 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
| 9452 # else | |
| 9453 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 9454 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
| 9455 # endif | |
| 9456 # endif | |
| 9457 | |
| 9458 /* | |
| 9459 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
| 9460 */ | |
| 9461 static int _cdecl | |
| 9462 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
| 9463 { | |
| 39 | 9464 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
| 7 | 9465 } |
| 9466 | |
| 9467 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 9468 static void | |
| 9469 namelowcpy( | |
| 9470 char_u *d, | |
| 9471 char_u *s) | |
| 9472 { | |
| 9473 # ifdef DJGPP | |
| 9474 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
| 9475 while (*s) | |
| 9476 *d++ = *s++; | |
| 9477 else | |
| 9478 # endif | |
| 9479 while (*s) | |
| 9480 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
| 9481 *d = NUL; | |
| 9482 } | |
| 9483 # endif | |
| 9484 | |
| 9485 /* | |
| 445 | 9486 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
| 9487 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 7 | 9488 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9489 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9490 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
| 445 | 9491 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9492 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 7 | 9493 */ |
| 9494 static int | |
| 9495 dos_expandpath( | |
| 9496 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9497 char_u *path, | |
| 9498 int wildoff, | |
| 445 | 9499 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
| 1224 | 9500 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
| 445 | 9501 { |
| 9502 char_u *buf; | |
| 9503 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9504 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9505 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9506 char_u *pat; | |
| 9507 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9508 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9509 int matches; | |
| 9510 int len; | |
| 9511 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9512 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 7 | 9513 #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 9514 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
| 9515 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
| 9516 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9517 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
| 9518 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
| 9519 # endif | |
| 9520 #else | |
| 9521 struct ffblk fb; | |
| 9522 #endif | |
| 9523 char_u *matchname; | |
| 445 | 9524 int ok; |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9527 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9528 { | |
| 9529 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9530 if (got_int) | |
| 9531 return 0; | |
| 9532 } | |
| 7 | 9533 |
| 9534 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 445 | 9535 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
| 7 | 9536 if (buf == NULL) |
| 9537 return 0; | |
| 9538 | |
| 9539 /* | |
| 9540 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
| 9541 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
| 9542 */ | |
| 9543 p = buf; | |
| 9544 s = buf; | |
| 9545 e = NULL; | |
| 9546 path_end = path; | |
| 9547 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9548 { | |
| 9549 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9550 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9551 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9552 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9553 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
| 9554 { | |
| 9555 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9556 break; | |
| 9557 s = p + 1; | |
| 9558 } | |
| 9559 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 9560 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 9561 e = p; | |
| 9562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9563 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9564 { | |
| 474 | 9565 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 7 | 9566 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9567 p += len; | |
| 9568 path_end += len; | |
| 9569 } | |
| 9570 else | |
| 9571 #endif | |
| 9572 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9573 } | |
| 9574 e = p; | |
| 9575 *e = NUL; | |
| 9576 | |
| 9577 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
| 9578 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 9579 * component. */ | |
| 9580 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9581 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9582 { | |
| 1624 | 9583 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 7 | 9584 --e; |
| 9585 --s; | |
| 9586 } | |
| 9587 | |
| 445 | 9588 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
| 9589 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9590 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9591 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9592 | |
| 7 | 9593 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
| 9594 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9595 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9596 { | |
| 9597 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9598 return 0; | |
| 9599 } | |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 3261 | 9602 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9603 ++emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9604 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ |
| 9605 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 3261 | 9606 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9607 --emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9608 vim_free(pat); |
| 9609 | |
| 3261 | 9610 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 7 | 9611 { |
| 9612 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9613 return 0; | |
| 9614 } | |
| 9615 | |
| 9616 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
| 9617 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
| 9618 | |
| 445 | 9619 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
| 9620 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9621 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9622 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9623 { | |
| 9624 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9625 ++stardepth; | |
| 9626 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9627 --stardepth; | |
| 9628 } | |
| 9629 | |
| 7 | 9630 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
| 9631 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
| 9632 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9633 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9634 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
| 9635 { | |
| 9636 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
| 9637 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
| 9638 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
| 1752 | 9639 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9640 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9641 { | |
| 9642 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9643 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
| 9644 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
| 9645 { | |
| 9646 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9647 wn = NULL; | |
| 9648 } | |
| 9649 } | |
| 9650 } | |
| 9651 | |
| 9652 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9653 # endif | |
| 9654 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9655 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9656 #else | |
| 9657 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
| 9658 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9659 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9660 #endif | |
| 9661 | |
| 9662 while (ok) | |
| 9663 { | |
| 9664 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9665 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9666 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 1752 | 9667 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
| 7 | 9668 else |
| 9669 # endif | |
| 9670 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
| 9671 #else | |
| 9672 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
| 9673 #endif | |
| 9674 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
| 9675 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
| 9676 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 9677 && (matchname == NULL | |
| 3261 | 9678 || (regmatch.regprog != NULL |
| 9679 && vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9680 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9681 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), p, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 7 | 9682 { |
| 9683 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9684 STRCPY(s, p); | |
| 9685 #else | |
| 9686 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
| 9687 #endif | |
| 9688 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 445 | 9689 |
| 9690 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9691 { | |
| 9692 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9693 * find matches. */ | |
| 9694 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9695 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9696 ++stardepth; | |
| 9697 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9698 --stardepth; | |
| 9699 } | |
| 9700 | |
| 7 | 9701 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
| 9702 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
| 9703 { | |
| 9704 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9705 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 445 | 9706 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9707 } |
| 9708 else | |
| 9709 { | |
| 9710 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9711 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9712 if (*path_end != 0) | |
| 9713 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9714 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9715 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9716 } | |
| 9717 } | |
| 9718 | |
| 9719 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9720 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9721 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9722 { | |
| 9723 vim_free(p); | |
| 9724 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
| 9725 } | |
| 9726 else | |
| 9727 # endif | |
| 9728 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
| 9729 #else | |
| 9730 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
| 9731 #endif | |
| 9732 | |
| 9733 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
| 9734 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
| 9735 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
| 9736 { | |
| 9737 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
| 9738 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9739 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9740 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9741 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9742 { | |
| 9743 vim_free(wn); | |
| 1752 | 9744 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9745 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9746 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9747 } | |
| 9748 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9749 # endif | |
| 9750 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9751 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9752 #else | |
| 9753 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9754 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9755 #endif | |
| 9756 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9757 matchname = NULL; | |
| 9758 } | |
| 9759 } | |
| 9760 | |
| 9761 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9762 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9763 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9764 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9765 # endif | |
| 9766 #endif | |
| 9767 vim_free(buf); | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
9768 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 7 | 9769 vim_free(matchname); |
| 9770 | |
| 9771 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9772 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9773 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
| 9774 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9775 return matches; | |
| 9776 } | |
| 9777 | |
| 9778 int | |
| 9779 mch_expandpath( | |
| 9780 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9781 char_u *path, | |
| 9782 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9783 { | |
| 445 | 9784 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9785 } |
| 9786 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
| 9787 | |
| 445 | 9788 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
| 9789 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9790 /* | |
| 9791 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
| 9792 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
| 9793 */ | |
| 9794 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 9795 | |
| 9796 static int | |
| 9797 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
| 9798 const void *a, *b; | |
| 9799 { | |
| 9800 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
| 9801 } | |
| 9802 | |
| 9803 /* | |
| 9804 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
| 9805 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 9806 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9807 * at "path + wildoff". | |
| 9808 * Return the number of matches found. | |
| 9809 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 9810 */ | |
| 9811 int | |
| 9812 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
| 9813 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9814 char_u *path; | |
| 9815 int wildoff; | |
| 9816 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9817 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
| 9818 { | |
| 9819 char_u *buf; | |
| 9820 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9821 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9822 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9823 char_u *pat; | |
| 9824 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9825 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9826 int matches; | |
| 9827 int len; | |
| 9828 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9829 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 9830 | |
| 9831 DIR *dirp; | |
| 9832 struct dirent *dp; | |
| 9833 | |
| 9834 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9835 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9836 { | |
| 9837 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9838 if (got_int) | |
| 9839 return 0; | |
| 9840 } | |
| 9841 | |
| 9842 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 9843 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
| 9844 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 9845 return 0; | |
| 9846 | |
| 9847 /* | |
| 9848 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
| 3505 | 9849 * When EW_ICASE is set every letter is considered to be a wildcard. |
| 445 | 9850 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. |
| 9851 */ | |
| 9852 p = buf; | |
| 9853 s = buf; | |
| 9854 e = NULL; | |
| 9855 path_end = path; | |
| 9856 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9857 { | |
| 9858 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9859 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9860 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9861 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9862 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
| 9863 { | |
| 9864 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9865 break; | |
| 9866 s = p + 1; | |
| 9867 } | |
| 9868 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 3505 | 9869 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL |
| 4242 | 9870 || (!p_fic && (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9871 && isalpha(PTR2CHAR(path_end))))) | |
| 445 | 9872 e = p; |
| 9873 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9874 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9875 { | |
| 474 | 9876 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 445 | 9877 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9878 p += len; | |
| 9879 path_end += len; | |
| 9880 } | |
| 9881 else | |
| 9882 #endif | |
| 9883 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9884 } | |
| 9885 e = p; | |
| 9886 *e = NUL; | |
| 9887 | |
| 2984 | 9888 /* Now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e". */ |
| 445 | 9889 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard |
| 9890 * component. */ | |
| 9891 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9892 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9893 { | |
| 1624 | 9894 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 445 | 9895 --e; |
| 9896 --s; | |
| 9897 } | |
| 9898 | |
| 9899 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
| 9900 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9901 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9902 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9903 | |
| 9904 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
| 9905 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
| 9906 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9907 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9908 { | |
| 9909 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9910 return 0; | |
| 9911 } | |
| 9912 | |
| 9913 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 2652 | 9914 if (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9915 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */ | |
| 9916 else | |
| 4242 | 9917 regmatch.rm_ic = p_fic; /* ignore case when 'fileignorecase' is set */ |
| 3261 | 9918 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9919 ++emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9920 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3261 | 9921 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9922 --emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9923 vim_free(pat); |
| 9924 | |
| 3261 | 9925 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 445 | 9926 { |
| 9927 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9928 return 0; | |
| 9929 } | |
| 9930 | |
| 9931 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
| 9932 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9933 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9934 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9935 { | |
| 9936 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9937 ++stardepth; | |
| 9938 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9939 --stardepth; | |
| 9940 } | |
| 9941 | |
| 9942 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
| 9943 *s = NUL; | |
| 9944 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
| 9945 | |
| 9946 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
| 9947 if (dirp != NULL) | |
| 9948 { | |
| 9949 for (;;) | |
| 9950 { | |
| 9951 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
| 9952 if (dp == NULL) | |
| 9953 break; | |
| 9954 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 3261 | 9955 && ((regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, |
| 9956 (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9957 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9958 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), dp->d_name, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 445 | 9959 { |
| 9960 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
| 9961 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
| 9962 | |
| 9963 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9964 { | |
| 9965 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9966 * find matches. */ | |
| 9967 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9968 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9969 ++stardepth; | |
| 9970 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9971 --stardepth; | |
| 9972 } | |
| 9973 | |
| 9974 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
| 9975 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
| 9976 { | |
| 9977 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9978 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9979 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
| 9980 } | |
| 9981 else | |
| 9982 { | |
| 9983 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9984 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9985 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9986 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9987 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9988 { | |
| 768 | 9989 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 445 | 9990 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
| 9991 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
| 9992 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
| 768 | 9993 |
| 445 | 9994 if (precomp_buf) |
| 9995 { | |
| 9996 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
| 9997 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
| 9998 } | |
| 9999 #endif | |
| 10000 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 10001 } | |
| 10002 } | |
| 10003 } | |
| 10004 } | |
| 10005 | |
| 10006 closedir(dirp); | |
| 10007 } | |
| 10008 | |
| 10009 vim_free(buf); | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
10010 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 445 | 10011 |
| 10012 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 10013 if (matches > 0) | |
| 10014 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
| 10015 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 10016 return matches; | |
| 10017 } | |
| 10018 #endif | |
| 10019 | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10020 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10021 static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10022 static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10023 static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap)); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10024 static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap)); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10025 static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10026 static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10027 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10028 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10029 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10030 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10031 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10032 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10033 find_previous_pathsep(path, psep) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10034 char_u *path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10035 char_u **psep; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10036 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10037 /* skip the current separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10038 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10039 --*psep; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10040 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10041 /* find the previous separator */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10042 while (*psep > path) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10043 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10044 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10045 return OK; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10046 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10047 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10048 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10049 return FAIL; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10050 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10051 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10052 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10053 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10054 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10055 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10056 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10057 is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10058 char_u *maybe_unique; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10059 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10060 int i; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10061 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10062 int j; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10063 int candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10064 int other_path_len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10065 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10066 char_u *rival; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10067 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10068 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10069 { |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10070 if (j == i) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10071 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10072 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10073 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique); |
|
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10074 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10075 if (other_path_len < candidate_len) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10076 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10077 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10078 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len; |
| 2574 | 10079 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0 |
| 10080 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1)))) | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10081 return FALSE; /* match */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10082 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10083 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10084 return TRUE; /* no match found */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10085 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10086 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10087 /* |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
10088 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10089 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "." |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10090 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10091 * directory) notations. |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10092 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10093 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10094 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s). |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10095 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10096 static void |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10097 expand_path_option(curdir, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10098 char_u *curdir; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10099 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10100 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10101 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10102 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10103 char_u *buf; |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10104 char_u *p; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10105 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10106 |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10107 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10108 return; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10109 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10110 while (*path_option != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10111 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10112 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10113 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10114 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1]))) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10115 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10116 /* Relative to current buffer: |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10117 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/" |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10118 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10119 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10120 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10121 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10122 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10123 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10124 continue; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10125 if (buf[1] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10126 buf[len] = NUL; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10127 else |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10128 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10129 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10130 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10131 } |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10132 else if (buf[0] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10133 /* relative to current directory */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10134 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10135 else if (path_with_url(buf)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10136 /* URL can't be used here */ |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10137 continue; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10138 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf)) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10139 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10140 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10141 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10142 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10143 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10144 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10145 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10146 buf[len] = PATHSEP; |
|
2476
6be86488996b
Fix: With 'path' set to relative directory ":find" completion didn't work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2471
diff
changeset
|
10147 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10148 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10149 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10150 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10151 break; |
| 4335 | 10152 |
| 10153 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) | |
| 10154 /* Avoid the path ending in a backslash, it fails when a comma is | |
| 10155 * appended. */ | |
| 4342 | 10156 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 4335 | 10157 if (buf[len - 1] == '\\') |
| 10158 buf[len - 1] = '/'; | |
| 10159 # endif | |
| 10160 | |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10161 p = vim_strsave(buf); |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10162 if (p == NULL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10163 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10164 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10165 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10166 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10167 vim_free(buf); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10168 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10169 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10170 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10171 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10172 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example: |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10173 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10174 * path: /foo/bar/baz |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10175 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10176 * returns: ^this |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10177 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10178 static char_u * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10179 get_path_cutoff(fname, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10180 char_u *fname; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10181 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10182 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10183 int i; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10184 int maxlen = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10185 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10186 char_u *cutoff = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10187 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10188 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10189 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10190 int j = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10191 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10192 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j] |
|
2534
e27def2ed69b
Make :find completion work better with the DJGPP build. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
10193 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10194 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j])) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10195 #endif |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10196 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10197 j++; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10198 if (j > maxlen) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10199 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10200 maxlen = j; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10201 cutoff = &fname[j]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10202 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10203 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10204 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10205 /* skip to the file or directory name */ |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10206 if (cutoff != NULL) |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10207 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff)) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10208 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10209 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10210 return cutoff; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10211 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10212 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10213 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10214 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10215 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10216 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10217 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10218 static void |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10219 uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10220 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10221 char_u *pattern; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10222 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10223 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10224 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10225 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10226 int sort_again = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10227 char_u *pat; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10228 char_u *file_pattern; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10229 char_u *curdir; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10230 regmatch_T regmatch; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10231 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10232 char_u **in_curdir = NULL; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10233 char_u *short_name; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10234 |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10235 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10236 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10237 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10238 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10239 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10240 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10241 * possible patterns? |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10242 */ |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10243 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10244 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10245 if (file_pattern == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10246 return; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10247 file_pattern[0] = '*'; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10248 file_pattern[1] = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10249 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10250 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10251 vim_free(file_pattern); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10252 if (pat == NULL) |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10253 return; |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10254 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10255 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */ |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10256 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10257 vim_free(pat); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10258 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10259 return; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10260 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10261 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10262 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10263 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10264 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10265 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10266 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *)); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10267 if (in_curdir == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10268 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10269 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10270 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10271 { |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10272 char_u *path = fnames[i]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10273 int is_in_curdir; |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10274 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10275 char_u *pathsep_p; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10276 char_u *path_cutoff; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10277 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10278 len = (int)STRLEN(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10279 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10280 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10281 if (is_in_curdir) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10282 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10283 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10284 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10285 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10286 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10287 /* we start at the end of the path */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10288 pathsep_p = path + len - 1; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10289 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10290 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10291 if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10292 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10293 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10294 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10295 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10296 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10297 break; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10298 } |
| 2538 | 10299 |
| 10300 if (mch_isFullName(path)) | |
| 10301 { | |
| 10302 /* | |
| 10303 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible. | |
| 10304 * 'possible' means: | |
| 10305 * 1. It is under the current directory. | |
| 10306 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original. | |
| 10307 * | |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10308 * Before curdir After |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10309 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10310 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10311 * /file.txt / /file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10312 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt |
| 2538 | 10313 */ |
| 10314 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10315 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10316 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10317 /* On windows, |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10318 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b") |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10319 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10320 * name, hence: */ |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10321 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10322 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10323 ) |
| 2538 | 10324 { |
| 10325 STRCPY(path, "."); | |
| 10326 add_pathsep(path); | |
|
2562
19f4f5ee3d1f
Fix: strcat() on overlapping string. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2559
diff
changeset
|
10327 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name); |
| 2538 | 10328 } |
| 10329 } | |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10330 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10331 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10332 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10333 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10334 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10335 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10336 char_u *rel_path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10337 char_u *path = in_curdir[i]; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10338 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10339 if (path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10340 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10341 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10342 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}. |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10343 * Else reduce it to {filename} */ |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10344 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10345 if (short_name == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10346 short_name = path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10347 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10348 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10349 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10350 continue; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10351 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10352 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10353 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10354 if (rel_path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10355 goto theend; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10356 STRCPY(rel_path, "."); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10357 add_pathsep(rel_path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10358 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10359 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10360 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10361 fnames[i] = rel_path; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10362 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10363 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10364 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10365 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10366 theend: |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10367 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10368 if (in_curdir != NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10369 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10370 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10371 vim_free(in_curdir[i]); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10372 vim_free(in_curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10373 } |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10374 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
10375 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10376 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10377 if (sort_again) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10378 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10379 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10380 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10381 /* |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10382 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10383 * result in "gap". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10384 * Returns the total number of matches. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10385 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10386 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10387 expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10388 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10389 char_u *pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10390 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10391 { |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10392 char_u *curdir; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10393 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10394 char_u *files = NULL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10395 char_u *s; /* start */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10396 char_u *e; /* end */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10397 char_u *paths = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10398 |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10399 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10400 return 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10401 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10402 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10403 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10404 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10405 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2481
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10406 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0) |
|
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10407 return 0; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10408 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10409 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10410 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10411 if (paths == NULL) |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10412 return 0; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10413 |
| 2652 | 10414 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10415 vim_free(paths); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10416 if (files == NULL) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10417 return 0; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10418 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10419 /* Copy each path in files into gap */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10420 s = e = files; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10421 while (*s != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10422 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10423 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10424 e++; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10425 if (*e == NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10426 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10427 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10428 break; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10429 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10430 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10431 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10432 /* *e is '\n' */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10433 *e = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10434 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10435 e++; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10436 s = e; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10437 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10438 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10439 vim_free(files); |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10440 |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10441 return gap->ga_len; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10442 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10443 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10444 |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10445 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10446 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10447 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10448 * list of file names in allocated memory. |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10449 */ |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10450 void |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10451 remove_duplicates(gap) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10452 garray_T *gap; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10453 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10454 int i; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10455 int j; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10456 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10457 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10458 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10459 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10460 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10461 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10462 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10463 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10464 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j]; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10465 --gap->ga_len; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10466 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10467 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10468 #endif |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10469 |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10470 static int has_env_var __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10471 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10472 /* |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10473 * Return TRUE if "p" contains what looks like an environment variable. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10474 * Allowing for escaping. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10475 */ |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10476 static int |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10477 has_env_var(p) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10478 char_u *p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10479 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10480 for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10481 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10482 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10483 ++p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10484 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10485 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10486 "$%" |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10487 #else |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10488 "$" |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10489 #endif |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10490 , *p) != NULL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10491 return TRUE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10492 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10493 return FALSE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10494 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10495 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10496 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10497 static int has_special_wildchar __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10498 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10499 /* |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10500 * Return TRUE if "p" contains a special wildcard character. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10501 * Allowing for escaping. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10502 */ |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10503 static int |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10504 has_special_wildchar(p) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10505 char_u *p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10506 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10507 for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10508 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10509 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10510 ++p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10511 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR, *p) != NULL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10512 return TRUE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10513 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10514 return FALSE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10515 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10516 #endif |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10517 |
| 7 | 10518 /* |
| 10519 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
| 10520 * | |
| 10521 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
| 10522 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
| 10523 * | |
| 10524 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
| 10525 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
| 10526 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
| 10527 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
| 10528 */ | |
| 10529 int | |
| 10530 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 10531 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 10532 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 10533 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 10534 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 10535 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10536 { | |
| 10537 int i; | |
| 10538 garray_T ga; | |
| 10539 char_u *p; | |
| 10540 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10541 int add_pat; | |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10542 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10543 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE; |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10544 #endif |
| 7 | 10545 |
| 10546 /* | |
| 10547 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
| 10548 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
| 10549 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
| 10550 * return FAIL. | |
| 10551 */ | |
| 10552 if (recursive) | |
| 10553 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10554 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10555 #else | |
| 10556 return FAIL; | |
| 10557 #endif | |
| 10558 | |
| 10559 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10560 /* | |
| 10561 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
| 10562 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
| 10563 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
| 10564 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
| 10565 */ | |
| 10566 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
| 10567 { | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10568 if (has_special_wildchar(pat[i]) |
| 7 | 10569 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK |
| 10570 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
| 10571 # endif | |
| 10572 ) | |
| 10573 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10574 } | |
| 10575 #endif | |
| 10576 | |
| 10577 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 10578 | |
| 10579 /* | |
| 10580 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
| 10581 */ | |
| 10582 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
| 10583 | |
| 10584 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
| 10585 { | |
| 10586 add_pat = -1; | |
| 10587 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10588 | |
| 10589 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10590 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
| 10591 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
| 10592 else | |
| 10593 #endif | |
| 10594 { | |
| 10595 /* | |
| 10596 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
| 10597 */ | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10598 if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10599 { |
| 1408 | 10600 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10601 if (p == NULL) |
| 10602 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10603 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 10604 /* | |
| 10605 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
| 10606 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
| 10607 * found file names and start all over again. | |
| 10608 */ | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10609 else if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10610 { |
| 10611 vim_free(p); | |
| 1914 | 10612 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
| 7 | 10613 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
| 10614 flags); | |
| 10615 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10616 return i; | |
| 10617 } | |
| 10618 #endif | |
| 10619 } | |
| 10620 | |
| 10621 /* | |
| 10622 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
| 10623 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
| 10624 * the pattern. | |
| 10625 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
| 10626 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
| 10627 */ | |
| 10628 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10629 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10630 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10631 if ((flags & EW_PATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10632 && !mch_isFullName(p) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10633 && !(p[0] == '.' |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10634 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1]) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10635 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2])))) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10636 ) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10637 { |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10638 /* :find completion where 'path' is used. |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10639 * Recursiveness is OK here. */ |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10640 recursive = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10641 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10642 recursive = TRUE; |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10643 did_expand_in_path = TRUE; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10644 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10645 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10646 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10647 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10648 } |
| 7 | 10649 } |
| 10650 | |
| 10651 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
| 10652 { | |
| 10653 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
| 10654 | |
| 10655 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
| 10656 slash_to_colon(t); | |
| 10657 #endif | |
| 10658 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
| 10659 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
| 10660 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
| 10661 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
| 10662 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
| 10663 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
| 10664 vim_free(t); | |
| 10665 } | |
| 10666 | |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10667 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10668 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH)) |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10669 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p); |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10670 #endif |
| 7 | 10671 if (p != pat[i]) |
| 10672 vim_free(p); | |
| 10673 } | |
| 10674 | |
| 10675 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
| 10676 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
| 10677 | |
| 10678 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10679 | |
| 10680 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 10681 } | |
| 10682 | |
| 10683 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10684 | |
| 10685 /* | |
| 10686 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
| 10687 */ | |
| 10688 static int | |
| 10689 vim_backtick(p) | |
| 10690 char_u *p; | |
| 10691 { | |
| 10692 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
| 10693 } | |
| 10694 | |
| 10695 /* | |
| 10696 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
| 10697 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
| 10698 * Returns number of file names found. | |
| 10699 */ | |
| 10700 static int | |
| 10701 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
| 10702 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10703 char_u *pat; | |
| 10704 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10705 { | |
| 10706 char_u *p; | |
| 10707 char_u *cmd; | |
| 10708 char_u *buffer; | |
| 10709 int cnt = 0; | |
| 10710 int i; | |
| 10711 | |
| 10712 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
| 10713 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
| 10714 if (cmd == NULL) | |
| 10715 return 0; | |
| 10716 | |
| 10717 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 10718 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
| 714 | 10719 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10720 else |
| 10721 #endif | |
| 24 | 10722 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
| 10723 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0); | |
| 7 | 10724 vim_free(cmd); |
| 10725 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10726 return 0; | |
| 10727 | |
| 10728 cmd = buffer; | |
| 10729 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
| 10730 { | |
| 10731 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
| 10732 p = cmd; | |
| 10733 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
| 10734 ++p; | |
| 10735 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
| 10736 if (p > cmd) | |
| 10737 { | |
| 10738 i = *p; | |
| 10739 *p = NUL; | |
| 10740 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
| 10741 *p = i; | |
| 10742 ++cnt; | |
| 10743 } | |
| 10744 cmd = p; | |
| 10745 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
| 10746 ++cmd; | |
| 10747 } | |
| 10748 | |
| 10749 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10750 return cnt; | |
| 10751 } | |
| 10752 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
| 10753 | |
| 10754 /* | |
| 10755 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
| 10756 * EW_DIR add directories | |
| 10757 * EW_FILE add files | |
| 716 | 10758 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
| 7 | 10759 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
| 10760 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
| 10761 */ | |
| 10762 void | |
| 10763 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
| 10764 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10765 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
| 10766 int flags; | |
| 10767 { | |
| 10768 char_u *p; | |
| 10769 int isdir; | |
| 10770 | |
| 10771 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
| 10772 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0) | |
| 10773 return; | |
| 10774 | |
| 10775 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
| 10776 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
| 10777 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
| 10778 return; | |
| 10779 #endif | |
| 10780 | |
| 10781 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
| 10782 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
| 10783 return; | |
| 10784 | |
| 716 | 10785 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */ |
| 10786 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f)) | |
| 10787 return; | |
| 10788 | |
| 7 | 10789 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
| 10790 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 10791 return; | |
| 10792 | |
| 10793 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
| 10794 if (p == NULL) | |
| 10795 return; | |
| 10796 | |
| 10797 STRCPY(p, f); | |
| 10798 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 10799 slash_adjust(p); | |
| 10800 #endif | |
| 10801 /* | |
| 10802 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
| 10803 */ | |
| 10804 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
| 10805 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
| 10806 add_pathsep(p); | |
| 10807 #endif | |
| 10808 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
| 10809 } | |
| 10810 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
| 10811 | |
| 10812 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10813 | |
| 10814 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
| 10815 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
| 10816 #endif | |
| 10817 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
| 10818 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
| 10819 #endif | |
| 10820 | |
| 10821 /* | |
| 10822 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
| 10823 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. | |
| 10824 */ | |
| 10825 char_u * | |
| 24 | 10826 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags) |
| 7 | 10827 char_u *cmd; |
| 24 | 10828 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
| 7 | 10829 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
| 10830 { | |
| 10831 char_u *tempname; | |
| 10832 char_u *command; | |
| 10833 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
| 10834 int len; | |
| 10835 int i = 0; | |
| 10836 FILE *fd; | |
| 10837 | |
| 10838 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
| 10839 return NULL; | |
| 10840 | |
| 10841 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
| 10842 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL) | |
| 10843 { | |
| 10844 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
| 10845 return NULL; | |
| 10846 } | |
| 10847 | |
| 10848 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
| 24 | 10849 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
| 7 | 10850 if (command == NULL) |
| 10851 goto done; | |
| 10852 | |
| 10853 /* | |
| 10854 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
| 10855 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
| 10856 */ | |
| 10857 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10858 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
| 10859 --no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10860 | |
| 10861 vim_free(command); | |
| 10862 | |
| 10863 /* | |
| 10864 * read the names from the file into memory | |
| 10865 */ | |
| 10866 # ifdef VMS | |
| 1224 | 10867 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
| 7 | 10868 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
| 10869 # else | |
| 10870 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
| 10871 # endif | |
| 10872 | |
| 10873 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 10874 { | |
| 10875 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
| 10876 goto done; | |
| 10877 } | |
| 10878 | |
| 10879 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
| 10880 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
| 10881 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
| 10882 | |
| 10883 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 10884 if (buffer != NULL) | |
| 10885 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
| 10886 fclose(fd); | |
| 10887 mch_remove(tempname); | |
| 10888 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10889 goto done; | |
| 10890 #ifdef VMS | |
| 10891 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
| 10892 #endif | |
| 10893 if (i != len) | |
| 10894 { | |
| 10895 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
| 10896 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10897 buffer = NULL; | |
| 10898 } | |
| 10899 else | |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10900 { |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10901 /* Change NUL into SOH, otherwise the string is truncated. */ |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10902 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
|
5275
3ddec3d25bd1
updated for version 7.4b.014
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5271
diff
changeset
|
10903 if (buffer[i] == NUL) |
|
3ddec3d25bd1
updated for version 7.4b.014
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5271
diff
changeset
|
10904 buffer[i] = 1; |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10905 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10906 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10907 } |
| 7 | 10908 |
| 10909 done: | |
| 10910 vim_free(tempname); | |
| 10911 return buffer; | |
| 10912 } | |
| 10913 #endif | |
| 10914 | |
| 10915 /* | |
| 10916 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
| 10917 * functions. | |
| 10918 */ | |
| 10919 void | |
| 10920 FreeWild(count, files) | |
| 10921 int count; | |
| 10922 char_u **files; | |
| 10923 { | |
| 838 | 10924 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
| 7 | 10925 return; |
| 10926 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
| 10927 /* | |
| 10928 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
| 10929 * been used??? | |
| 10930 */ | |
| 10931 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
| 10932 #else | |
| 10933 while (count--) | |
| 10934 vim_free(files[count]); | |
| 10935 vim_free(files); | |
| 10936 #endif | |
| 10937 } | |
| 10938 | |
| 10939 /* | |
|
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
10940 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. |
| 7 | 10941 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. |
| 10942 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
| 10943 */ | |
| 10944 int | |
| 10945 goto_im() | |
| 10946 { | |
| 10947 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
| 10948 } |